Top Banner
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 1 All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR GSM BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization STUDENT GUIDE TMO18098 D0 SG DEN I1.0 Issue 1 All rights reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Alcatel-Lucent
369
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 1All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and

Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

STUDENT GUIDE

TMO18098 D0 SG DEN I1.0 Issue 1

All rights reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not

permitted without written authorization from Alcatel-Lucent

Page 2: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 2All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio OptimizationGSM

2

Empty page

Switch to notes view!

This page is left blank intentionally

Page 3: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 3All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio OptimizationGSM

3

Terms of Use and Legal Notices

Switch to notes view!1. Safety WarningBoth lethal and dangerous voltages may be present within the products used herein. The user is strongly advised not to wear conductive jewelry while working on the products. Always observe all safety precautions and do not work on the equipment alone.

The equipment used during this course may be electrostatic sensitive. Please observe correct anti-static precautions.

2. Trade MarksAlcatel-Lucent and MainStreet are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent.

All other trademarks, service marks and logos (“Marks”) are the property of their respective holders, including Alcatel-Lucent. Users are not permitted to use these Marks without the prior consent of Alcatel-Lucent or such third party owning the Mark. The absence of a Mark identifier is not a representation that a particular product or service name is not a Mark.

Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the information presented herein, which may be subject to change without notice.

3. CopyrightThis document contains information that is proprietary to Alcatel-Lucent and may be used for training purposes only. No other use or transmission of all or any part of this document is permitted without Alcatel-Lucent’s written permission, and must include all copyright and other proprietary notices. No other use or transmission of all or any part of its contents may be used, copied, disclosed or conveyed to any party in any manner whatsoever without prior written permission from Alcatel-Lucent.

Use or transmission of all or any part of this document in violation of any applicable legislation is hereby expressly prohibited.

User obtains no rights in the information or in any product, process, technology or trademark which it includes or describes, and is expressly prohibited from modifying the information or creating derivative works without the express written consent of Alcatel-Lucent.

All rights reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

4. DisclaimerIn no event will Alcatel-Lucent be liable for any direct, indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, including lost profits, lost business or lost data, resulting from the use of or reliance upon the information, whether or not Alcatel-Lucent has been advised of the possibility of such damages.

Mention of non-Alcatel-Lucent products or services is for information purposes only and constitutes neither an endorsement, nor a recommendation.

This course is intended to train the student about the overall look, feel, and use of Alcatel-Lucent products. The information contained herein is representational only. In the interest of file size, simplicity, and compatibility and, in some cases, due to contractual limitations, certain compromises have been made and therefore some features are not entirely accurate.

Please refer to technical practices supplied by Alcatel-Lucent for current information concerning Alcatel-Lucent equipment and its operation, or contact your nearest Alcatel-Lucent representative for more information.

The Alcatel-Lucent products described or used herein are presented for demonstration and training purposes only. Alcatel-Lucent disclaims any warranties in connection with the products as used and described in the courses or the related documentation, whether express, implied, or statutory. Alcatel-Lucent specifically disclaims all implied warranties, including warranties of merchantability, non-infringement and fitness for a particular purpose, or arising from a course of dealing, usage or trade practice.

Alcatel-Lucent is not responsible for any failures caused by: server errors, misdirected or redirected transmissions, failed internet connections, interruptions, any computer virus or any other technical defect, whether human or technical in nature

5. Governing LawThe products, documentation and information contained herein, as well as these Terms of Use and Legal Notices are governed by the laws of France, excluding its conflict of law rules. If any provision of these Terms of Use and Legal Notices, or the application thereof to any person or circumstances, is held invalid for any reason, unenforceable including, but not limited to, the warranty disclaimers and liability limitations, then such provision shall be deemed superseded by a valid, enforceable provision that matches, as closely as possible, the original provision, and the other provisions of these Terms of Use and Legal Notices shall remain in full force and effect.

Page 4: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 4All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio OptimizationGSM

4

Blank Page

Switch to notes view!

This page is left blank intentionally

Page 5: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 5All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio OptimizationGSM

5

Course Outline

About This CourseCourse outlineTechnical supportCourse objectives

1. Topic/Section is Positioned HereXxxXxxXxx

2. Topic/Section is Positioned Here

3. Topic/Section is Positioned Here

4. Topic/Section is Positioned Here

5. Topic/Section is Positioned Here

6. Topic/Section is Positioned Here

7. Topic/Section is Positioned Here

1. Multiband-Multilayer Optimization

1. Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 3JK11166AAAAWBZZA

2. Algorithms and Associated Parameters 3JK11167AAAAWBZZA

3. Creating a Multi-Layer Network 3JK11168AAAAWBZZA

4. Creating a Multi-Band Network 3JK11169AAAAWBZZA

5. Case Studies 3JK11170AAAAWBZZA

6. Appendix 3JK11171AAAAWBZZA

Page 6: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 6All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio OptimizationGSM

6

Course Outline [cont.]

Switch to notes view!

This page is left blank intentionally

Page 7: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 7All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio OptimizationGSM

7

Course Objectives

Switch to notes view!

Welcome to BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Upon completion of this course, you should be able to:

During the course, the trainee will be able to describe the specific radio algorithms in multiband/multilayer networks in order to enhance the offered QoS.

By the end of the course, the participant will be able to: - Describe the concepts and strategy of multiband and hierarchical networks. - Describe the specific type of cells implemented in multiband and hierarchical networks. - Describe the specific radio algorithms used in the Alcatel BSS in a multiband and hierarchical

network. - Propose default parameter values for the cells of a multiband and hierarchical network using these

algorithms. - Propose a list of specific indicators to monitor QoS and traffic in a multiband and hierarchical

network.

Note: Radio Network Planning issues like micro site detection, site planning, frequency planning is not included.

Page 8: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 8All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio OptimizationGSM

8

Course Objectives [cont.]

Switch to notes view!

This page is left blank intentionally

Page 9: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 9All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio OptimizationGSM

9

About this Student Guide

Switch to notes view!Conventions used in this guide

Where you can get further information

If you want further information you can refer to the following:

Technical Practices for the specific product

Technical support page on the Alcatel website: http://www.alcatel-lucent.com

Note Provides you with additional information about the topic being discussed. Although this information is not required knowledge, you might find it useful or interesting.

Technical Reference (1) 24.348.98 – Points you to the exact section of Alcatel-Lucent Technical Practices where you can find more information on the topic being discussed.

WarningAlerts you to instances where non-compliance could result in equipment damage or personal injury.

Page 10: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 10All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio OptimizationGSM

10

About this Student Guide [cont.]

Switch to notes view!

This page is left blank intentionally

Page 11: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 11All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio OptimizationGSM

11

Self-assessment of Objectives

At the end of each section you will be asked to fill this questionnaire Please, return this sheet to the trainer at the end of the training

Switch to notes view!

Instructional objectives Yes (or globally

yes)

No (or globally

no) Comments

1 To be able to XXX

2

Contract number :

Course title :

Client (Company, Center) :

Language : Dates from : to :

Number of trainees : Location :

Surname, First name :

Did you meet the following objectives ?Tick the corresponding box

Please, return this sheet to the trainer at the end of the training

Page 12: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 12All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio OptimizationGSM

12

Self-assessment of Objectives [cont.]

Switch to notes view!

Instructional objectives Yes (or Globally

yes)

No (or globally

no) Comments

Thank you for your answers to this questionnaire

Other comments

Page 13: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 1

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007GSM · BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Module 1Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture

3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

Section 1Multiband-Multilayer Optimization

Page 14: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 2

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 2

Blank Page

This page is left blank intentionally

First editionLast name, first nameYYYY-MM-DD01

RemarksAuthorDateEdition

Document History

Page 15: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 3

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 3

Objectives

Define relevant architectures for multi-layer networks design multi-band networks design

Page 16: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 4

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 4

Objectives [cont.]

This page is left blank intentionally

Page 17: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 5

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 5

Table of Contents

Switch to notes view! Page

1 Concepts and Strategies 72 Cellular Network Architecture 113 Choosing a Relevant Architecture 174 Requirements 20

Page 18: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 6

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 6

Table of Contents [cont.]

Switch to notes view!

This page is left blank intentionally

Page 19: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 7

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 7

1 Concepts and Strategies

Page 20: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 8

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 8

1 Concepts and Strategies

Introduction to Multilayer Networks

Multi-band/Multi-layer network is a powerful solution for:

Network capacity enhancement extra capacity provided by new cells / new TRXs specific radio algorithms send MSs to these new cells

Coverage increase when introducing microcells (better indoor penetration, even for outdoor

microcells)

While keeping a good QoS Confined coverage for microcells easier frequency planning New frequency band independent frequency planning Less congestion

Since B7:

new HW capabilities with “Cell split” support

enhancement of QoS monitoring capabilities with counters split per TRX

Page 21: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 9

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 9

1 Concepts and Strategies

History of Features

Alcatel is providing multi-layer solutions: Since R3.1: mini & microcells Improvements in B3.1 (smart speed discrimination) Improvements in B6.2 (external Directed Retry) Improvements in B7 (indoor layer introduction)

Alcatel is providing multi-band solutions: Since B5.1: multi-band BSC From B6.2: multi-band cells Improvements in B7

B5 : in one BSC, cells with different frequency bands

B6 : within one BTS : different bands, and within one cell : different bands also !

B7 improvements:

new HW capabilities with “Cell split” support

enhancement of QoS monitoring capabilities with counters split per TRX

Page 22: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 10

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 10

1 Concepts and Strategies

Network Strategy (Multi-Layer)

Multi-layer networks can be introduced as continuous layer or hotspots, for: Capacity increase Coverage increase Indoor solution

All types of mobiles can use both layers

Page 23: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 11

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 11

1 Concepts and Strategies

Network Strategy (Multi-Band)

Early adopters of multi-band technology had to deal with a low proportion of multi-band MSs Network parameters were set to send systematically all multi-band MSs

towards new band TRXs A new band is called the “Preferred band”

Since year 2000, quite all new MSs include the multi-band feature Q4 2002: the multi-band MS penetration rate is 80% Parameters settings have to be changed to avoid new band congestion! Operators introducing newly the multi-band technology use this new set of

parameters

Default values of parameters have aggressive values : because penetration rate was low, pushing 1800 MS towards 1800 band was a priority.

Page 24: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 12

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 12

1 Concepts and Strategies

Mono and multi-layers solutions

The new band introduction can be done In a mono-layer network

In the same layer In a new layer

In a Multi-layer network In the upper layer In the lower layer

As part of an existing cell design: multi-band cells

Depending on the architecture chosen: Different parameters settings Different ways of QoS and traffic monitoring

Each architecture has drawbacks and advantages

Page 25: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 13

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 13

2 Cellular Network Architecture

Page 26: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 14

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 14

2 Cellular Network Architecture

Cell Environment

Conventional: Single cell Concentric cell Extended cell Multiband cell

Hierarchical: introducing "Upper" and "Lower" cell layers Indoor cell Micro cell Mini cell Umbrella cell

Multi-band: introducing cells with different bands Classical and Preferred frequency bands Multiband cells

Preferred band is usually DCS1800, and classical band is GSM900

Page 27: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 15

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 15

2 Cellular Network Architecture

Cell Profile

One unique combination of the five parameters CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE: macro, micro CELL _LAYER_ TYPE : single, upper, lower, indoor CELL _PARTITION_ TYPE : normal, concentric CELL _RANGE: normal, extended inner, extended outer CELL_BAND_TYPE :GSM; DCS (depends on BCCH frequency band) FREQUENCY_RANGE : PGSM; DCS1800; EGSM; DCS1900; PGSM-DCS1800;

EGSM-DCS1800 and GSM850

A multi-band cell is defined by: FREQUENCY_RANGE = “PGSM-DCS1800” or “EGSM-DCS1800” CELL _PARTITION_ TYPE = Concentric

Extended cell : different than the concentric cells ! Made up of two different cells, with 2 BCCH : the inner cell can cover MS up to 35km, and the outer cell can cover MS between 35km and 70km.

Difference between PGSM and EGSM :

PGSM : primary GSM : 890–915 Mhz 935–960 Mhz

EGSM : extended GSM : 880–915 MHz 925–960 Mhz

Page 28: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 16

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 16

Exercise

Link the logical cell types (as defined in the OMC-R) with the cell profile parameters.

Indoor

Micro

Mini

Umbrella

Cell Layer TypeCell Dimension TypeCell Type

5 minutes

A cell's profile parameters define the behaviour of handovers from and toward this cell : certain handovers are available only for "UPPER" cells or "MICRO" cells.

Page 29: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 17

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 17

2 Cellular Network Architecture

Mono-Band Cell Profiles

DCS1800 or DCS1900DCSNormalNormalIndoorMicroDCS indoor micro cell

PGSM or EGSMGSMNormalNormalIndoorMicroGSM indoor micro cell

DCS1800 or DCS1900DCSNormalConcentricUpperMacroDCS concentric umbrella

PGSM or EGSMGSMNormalConcentricUpperMacroGSM concentric umbrella

DCS1800 or DCS1900DCSNormalConcentricSingleMacroDCS concentric cell

PGSM or EGSMGSMNormalConcentricSingleMacroGSM concentric cell

DCS1800 or DCS1900DCSExtended-outerNormalSingleMacroDCS extended outer cell

PGSM or EGSMGSMExtended-outerNormalSingleMacroGSM extended outer cell

DCS1800 or DCS1900DCSExtended-innerNormalSingleMacroDCS extended inner cell

PGSM or EGSMGSMExtended-innerNormalSingleMacroGSM extended inner cell

DCS1800 or DCS1900DCSNormalNormalUpperMacroDCS umbrella cell

PGSM or EGSMGSMNormalNormalUpperMacroGSM umbrella cell

DCS1800 or DCS1900DCSNormalNormalLowerMacroDCS mini cell

PGSM or EGSMGSMNormalNormalLowerMacroGSM mini cell

DCS1800 or DCS1900DCSNormalNormalLowerMicroDCS micro cell

PGSM or EGSMGSMNormalNormalLowerMicroGSM micro cell

DCS1800 or DCS1900DCSNormalNormalSingleMacroDCS single cell

PGSM or EGSMGSMNormalNormalSingleMacroGSM single cell

Frequency rangeCell band

typeCell

rangeCell partition

typeCell layer

typeCell dimension

typeParameters

Cell Profile

Page 30: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 18

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 18

2 Cellular Network Architecture

Multi-Band Cell Profiles

PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800DCSNormalConcentricIndoorMicroDCS multiband indoor micro cell

PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800GSMNormalConcentricIndoorMicroGSM multiband indoor micro cell

PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800DCSNormalConcentricUpperMacroDCS multiband umbrella cell

PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800GSMNormalConcentricUpperMacroGSM multiband umbrella cell

PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800DCSNormalConcentricLowerMacroDCS multiband mini cell

PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800GSMNormalConcentricLowerMacroGSM multiband mini cell

PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800DCSNormalConcentricLowerMicroDCS multiband micro cell

PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800GSMNormalConcentricLowerMicroGSM multiband micro cell

PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800DCSNormalConcentricSingleMacroDCS multiband single cell

PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800GSMNormalConcentricSingleMacroGSM multiband single cell

Frequency rangeCell band typeCell rangeCell partition typeCell layer typeCell dimension typeParameters

Cell Profile

Page 31: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 19

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 19

2 Cellular Network Architecture

Cell Profiles: Example

Exercise : find out what is the profile of each cell ?

Page 32: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 20

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 20

3 Choosing a Relevant Architecture

Page 33: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 21

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 21

3 Choosing a Relevant Architecture

Concept

Multi-layer concept: 3 available layer types

All these cells can be or not operating in the same band and defined as concentric cells

mini

umbrella

micro

indoor

micro micro

umbrella

micro

indoor

single

mini

umbrellaUPPERSINGLE

LOWER

INDOOR

3 layers are defined in the system, but more "virtual" layers can be created by parameter tuning.

Page 34: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 22

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 22

3 Choosing a Relevant Architecture

Microcell Classes

Microcells configuration will depend on their position in the lower layer Microcell “classes” are introduced to deal with typical parameters settings

in each of these cases

Indoor Microcell

Border Microcell

Inner MicrocellHotspot Microcell

Defining microcell classes is a very efficient way to set network parameters. It avoids defining a specific configuration for each cell.

Page 35: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 23

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 23

3 Choosing a Relevant Architecture

Mono-layer architecture

In a mono-layer network, a new band may be introduced:

In the same layer Macro 900 (single) Macro 1800 (single) 900-1800 interworking managed by priority set by the operator

In a separate layer Macro 900 (umbrella) Macro 1800 = mini 900-1800 interworking driven by a dual layer architecture (easier to

introduce but less flexible)

900 900 1800 1800

900 900

mini1800 mini1800

All examples in this document will be using 900 as an “historical” band and 1800 as a “new” band (thus preferred band).

All other network configurations are anyway possible.

The dual layer configuration is interesting in case the dual band implementation strategy is traffic driven due to a low penetration rate of multi-band MSs.

A dual layer allows for example, for a multi-band MS located in a 900 cell, to discriminate its behavior between a Forced Directed Retry and an emergency HO. 1800 neighboring cells can be favored for a FDR whereas 900 neighboring cells will be preferred on an emergency HO.

A dual layer also allows to decide the MS transfer from 900 to 1800 band on speed criterion instead of on traffic criterion if needed (macro 1800 hot spot for instance).

Page 36: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 24

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 24

3 Choosing a Relevant Architecture

Multi-layer architecture (1/3)

In a multi-layer network, a new band may be introduced:

In the upper layer Macro 900 (umbrella) Macro 1800 (umbrella) Micro 900

In the lower layer Macro 900 (umbrella) Macro 1800 = mini Micro 900

900 900 1800 1800

900 900

mini1800

µ900 µ900

µ900 µ900

In the first configuration, the major difficulty is to manage 900-1800 interworking in the upper layer. But once it is done, it is the simplest solution to manage.

In the second configuration, the operator has to deal with priority between the preferred cells: mini or micro? For both selections in idle mode and capture from the upper layer. A lot of handovers might occur, and it requires more engineering analysis ressources

Page 37: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 25

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 25

3 Choosing a Relevant Architecture

Multi-layer architecture (2/3)

Higher Priority to 1800 macrocell GSM 900 macrocell as a pool of traffic resources when the preferred cell is

congested

2

1

Initial access

3

Traffic based handover2

1

Directed retryEmergency Handover

900

900

1800

Next chapters will explain all parameters for

Initial access

DR and emergency HO

Traffic based HO

With this solution, risk of unloading the micro900 too much.

Page 38: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 26

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 26

3 Choosing a Relevant Architecture

Multi-layer architecture (3/3)

Higher Priority to 900 microcell GSM 900 & 1800 macrocell as a pool of traffic resources when the preferred

cell is congested

1

2

Initial access

3

Traffic based handover1

2

Directed retryEmergency Handover

900

900

1800

It is the best solution in case of 3 layers, the most logical.

Previous solution might unload the 900 micro too much.

Page 39: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 27

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 27

3 Choosing a Relevant Architecture

Multi-band cell solution

A functionality introduced in B6.2

Also called “single BCCH”

Based on the concentric cell feature New band is introduced in existing cells In the INNER zone (contains only TCH) The OUTER zone contains BCCH, SDCCH and TCH

9001800 9001800

µ900

Page 40: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 28

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 28

4 Requirements

Page 41: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 29

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 29

4 Requirements

Software & Hardware Requirements

Multi-layer architecture Hardware : All generations

Note : Any BTS can be declared with the cell type = MICRO

Software : Since R3.1, with addition of External Directed Retry in B6.2 (µ cells and umbrella cells from different BSC

possible) INDOOR layer in B7

Multi-band architecture Hardware :

B5.1 : G2 BSC can manage TRXs from different bands B6.2 : 1 Evolium BTS supports TRXs from different bands within one cell B7 : 1 cell can be split over 2 BTS's (TRX 900 and TRX 1800 in different BTS's

possible)

Page 42: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 30

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 30

4 Requirements

HW solutions for multi-band cells since B7

Improvements in B7 with “cell split” 1 cell can be split over 2 BTS HW As soon as these BTSs share the same clock

Master / Slave configuration needed G2 & G3 BTSs can be mixed

Example of site configurations: G2 BTS 3x4 TRX 900 + 1 Evolium BTS 3x4 TRX 1800 Result: 3 multi-band cells 4(900)+4(1800) TRX

Evolium BTS 6+6 TRX 900 + Evolium BTS 6 TRX 900+ Evolium BTS 3*4 TRX 1800

Result: 3 multi-band cells 6(900)+4(1800) TRX

Master / Slave configuration:

in B6.2: max. 1 Master + 2 Slaves

in B7: max. 1 Master + 3 Slaves

Constraints :

• Maximal number of TRX per cell is 16.

• Maximal number of cabinets between which a given cell is shared is 2.

• Cabinets between which a cell is shared are clock synchronised in a master / slave onfiguration

Such clock synchronisation between BTSs in master / slave mode is possible both between A9100 BTSs and between A9100 BTSs and BTSs of previous generations.

Page 43: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 31

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 31

Exercise

Give the major advantages and drawbacks of the multi-band cells solution

15 minutes

Page 44: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 32

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 32

Self-Assessment on the Objectives

Please be reminded to fill in the formSelf-Assessment on the Objectivesfor this module

The form can be found in the first partof this course documentation

Page 45: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 33

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 33

End of ModuleMultiband Multilayer Network Architecture

Page 46: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 1

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007GSM · BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Module 2Algorithms and Associated Parameters

3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

Section 1Multiband-Multilayer Optimization

Page 47: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 2

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 2

Blank Page

This page is left blank intentionally

First editionLast name, first nameYYYY-MM-DD01

RemarksAuthorDateEdition

Document History

Page 48: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 3

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 3

Objectives

Describe algorithms dedicated to multi-layer and multi-band networks management

Page 49: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 4

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 4

Objectives [cont.]

This page is left blank intentionally

Page 50: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 5

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 5

Table of Contents

Switch to notes view! Page

1 Introduction 7Justification 8Typing Conventions 9

2 Neighboring cells list 10Purpose 11Idle Mode 12Dedicated Mode 13Multi-band configuration 14Cell Monitoring 15Cell Monitoring Optimization 17Number of neighboring cells 18

3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection 19Strategy 20Selection and Reselection Principle 21Cell Selection with CBQ 22C1 Criterion 25C2 Criterion 27C2 Parameters 31Applications 32CRO Tuning 34Exercise 36

4 Call Setup 37Principles 38Congestion in the Preferred Cell 39Algorithms Principles 40Algorithms Principles (cont.) 41Algorithms Principles (cont.) 42Directed Retry Principles 43Normal Directed Retry 45Forced Directed Retry (Cause 20) 46FDR Parameters 47Managing DR Parameters 48Access Strategy 49Exercise 50

5 Handover Strategies 51Objectives 52Handover Algorithms 54Functional Entities 55HO Causes 56HO Causes Priority 58

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms 59Emergency Intercell Algorithms 60Handover Cause 2: UL Quality 61Handover Cause 3: UL Level 62Handover Cause 4: DL Quality 63Handover Cause 5: DL Level 64Handover Cause 6: Distance 65Emergency Intracell Handovers 66Handover Cause 15: UL Interference 67Handover Cause 16: DL Interference 68New Parameters for Causes 15 & 16 69Causes 15 & 16: specific case of concentric cells 70Handover Cause 12: Power Budget 71Handover Cause 12: Inter-band situation 81HO Cause 12: Tuning of Microcells Parameters 84

Page 51: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 6

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 6

Table of Contents [cont.]

Switch to notes view! Page

Cause 12: Speed Discrimination in Lower/Indoor 87Exercise 88Handover Cause 23: Traffic 89Handover Cause 28: Fast Traffic HO 91Exercise 94

7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks 98Emergency Handovers: Introduction 99Emergency Handovers Specific to Microcells 101Microcell Emergency Handovers 102Cause 17 & 18: Comparison to High Threshold 105

8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks 110Cause 14: Lower/Indoor Capture for Slow MS 111Cause 14: Speed Discrimination 115Cause 24: General Capture 121Exercise 124Cause 21: Preferred Band 128Capture handovers 130Exercise 133

9 Multiband Cells 136Introduction 137Cause 10: Low uplink level in inner zone 140Cause 11: Low downlink level in inner zone 141Cause 13: High UL & DL level in outer zone 142Call Setup 148Outgoing intercell HO 150HO Cause 12 151Incoming intercell HO 154Intracell Handovers 156Limitations 157Additional Features 158Exercise 159

10 Candidate Cell Evaluation 161From HO Detection to Candidate Cell Evaluation 162Raw Cell List and PREF_LAYER 163Summary 167Evaluation Process 168Pre-Ranking in Standard Networks 172PBGT Filtering 173Order Evaluation 175Grade Evaluation 176Level Filtering 177FDR: Candidate Cell Evaluation 178Summary 179Exercise 180Self-Assessment on the Objectives 188End of Module 189

Page 52: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 7

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 7

1 Introduction

Page 53: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 8

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 8

1 Introduction

Justification

Multi-band/Multi-layer brings new features and algorithms :

Designing, managing and monitoring complex networks is more difficult

A relevant choice of architecture and parameters settings will precede the introduction of a new layer in the existing network

To be sure to implement correctly the best strategy for your network, knowledge of all algorithms and parameters is mandatory.

Page 54: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 9

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 9

1 Introduction

Typing Conventions

In all this document SYSTEM PARAMETERS (can be set at the OMC-R level) will always be written

in BLUE BOLD FONT

VARIABLES (averages, internal system variables, etc.) will be typed in NORMAL FONT

Page 55: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 10

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 10

2 Neighboring cells list

Page 56: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 11

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 11

2 Neighboring cells list

Purpose

Neighboring cells list is sent to the MS regularly and contains all BCCH frequencies of neighbor cells to be monitored by the MS

The MS measures them regularly in order to : Perform cell selection & reselection (in idle mode) Report 6 BCCH RxLev to the BSS for handovers (in dedicated mode)

798798 2020

4545

800800

805805

22

MS shall measure the BCCH of neighbor cells and decode their BSIC at least once every 10 seconds.

Page 57: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 12

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 12

2 Neighboring cells list

Idle Mode

2 possibilities, the MS camps on either : A cell with a BCCH on a DCS 1800 frequency

Or a cell with a BCCH on a GSM 900 frequency

805805BCCH 1800SI 2 and 2bis : 1800 neighboring cellsSI 2ter : 900 neighboring cells

2020BCCH 900SI 2: 900 neighboring cellsSI 2ter (& 2bis): 1800 neighboring cells

SI : Sytem Information Messages

Description of all SI messages : 3GPP TS 44.018 Mobile radio interface layer 3 specification; Radio Resource Control (RRC) protocol, several chapters starting from §9.1.31

It takes up more space to broadcast 1800 frequencies, therefore 2 SI are necessary.

Page 58: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 13

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 13

2 Neighboring cells list

Dedicated Mode

2 possibilities, the call is performed on either : A cell with a BCCH on a DCS 1800 frequency

Or a cell with a BCCH on a GSM 900 frequency

805805SACCHSI 5 and 5bis: 1800 neighboring cellsSI 5ter: 900 neighboring cells

2020SACCHSI 5: 900 neighboring cellsSI 5ter (& 5bis): 1800 neighboring cells

SACCH can be either on a 1800 MHz TRX or a 900 MHz TRX.

Page 59: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 14

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 14

2 Neighboring cells list

Multi-band configuration

Which ever is the band of the current cell, the MS can receive BCCH list that belongs to the other band only with : SI-2ter SI-5ter

To enable/disable this SI messages on BCCH and SACCH

EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH = enable (1) EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH = disable (0)

Description : BSC parameter that enables / disables the multiband operation by filtering the sending of SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 2ter/5ter.

Note : on the OMC-R "cell edit" screen, this parameter is named "EN_INTERBAND_HO".

Page 60: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 15

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 15

2 Neighboring cells list

Cell Monitoring

In dedicated mode, a MS can only report 6 measurements :

Standard behavior in a mono-band network : MS reports the 6 strongest cells

Problem : in a multi-band network, 1800 cells provides less signal strength and might not be included in the 6 strongest neighbors !

805805

MEAS REPORT…N1 : (BSIC, RXLEV)N2 : (BSIC, RXLEV)N3 : (BSIC, RXLEV)N4 : (BSIC, RXLEV)N5 : (BSIC, RXLEV)N6 : (BSIC, RXLEV)

MEASUREMENT REPORT is sent on the UL SACCH of the dedicated TCH, every 480ms.

Page 61: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 16

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 16

2 Neighboring cells list

Cell Monitoring [cont.]

Reported neighbors from each band can be forced thanks to the cell parameter : MULTIBAND_REPORTING

4 possible values 0: 6 strongest cells irrespective of the frequency band 1: 1 strongest cell (non-serving cell frequency band) + 5 strongest cells

(serving cell frequency band) 2: 2 strongest cells (non-serving cell frequency band) + 4 strongest cells

(serving cell frequency band) 3: 3 strongest cells (non-serving cell frequency band) + 3 strongest cells

(serving cell frequency band)

Default value: 0 for mono-band network 3 for multi-band network

For a multi band MS, the number of cells per freq band which shall be included in the measurement report is indicated by the parameter MULTIBAND_REPORTING, broadcast on BCCH.

An MS attached to GPRS shall use the parameter broadcast on BCCH. The parameter may also be sent to the MS on SACCH.

The meaning of different values of the parameter is specified as follows:

Value Meaning

00 Normal reporting of the six strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, irrespective of the band used.

01 The MS shall report the strongest cell, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell. The remaining positions in the measurement report shall be used for reporting of cells in the band of the serving cell. If there are still remaining positions, these shall be used to report the next strongest identified cells in the other bands irrespective of the band used.

10 The MS shall report the two strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell. The remaining positions in the measurement report shall be used for reporting of cells in the band of the serving cell. If there are still remaining positions, these shall be used to report the next strongest identified cells in the other bands irrespective of the band used.

11 The MS shall report the three strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell. The remaining positions in the measurement report shall be used for reporting of cells in the band of the serving cell. If there are still remaining positions, these shall be used to report the next strongest identified cells in the other bands irrespective of the band used.

Page 62: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 17

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 17

2 Neighboring cells list

Cell Monitoring Optimization

MULTIBAND_REPORTING has to be tuned carefully in multi-band network, since no handover can be done to a cell which is not reported

The parameter value is depending on network strategy and may be tuned differently in each band

Example: give priority to 1800 cells In 900 layer cells

MULTIBAND_REPORTING = 1 is most of the time sufficient to make a handover towards the preferred band

In 1800 layer cellsMULTIBAND_REPORTING = 3 : 1800 neighboring cells have to be reported to keep the MS in the same band when possible, but 900 cells should be reliably reported as they are rescue cells.

Page 63: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 18

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 18

2 Neighboring cells list

Number of neighboring cells

Neighboring cells list limited to 32 BCCH's in OMC-R :

Limit easily reached in a network with 3 or 4 layers, and 2 bands

A special care must be taken when defining the list of neighboring cells

The multi-band cells solution dramatically reduces this problem when introducing new frequency band

Page 64: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 19

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 19

3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection

Page 65: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 20

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 20

3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection

Strategy

Adding a new band/layer is a powerful way of increasing network capacity if the MS can be sent to the preferred cell In dedicated mode: see next sections But also in idle mode, so that the call is established directly in the preferred

cell Really increase capacity Maintain high QoS level, without creating extra HO

Page 66: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 21

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 21

3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection

Selection and Reselection Principle

At startup (IMSI Attach), the MS is selecting cell with

Defined priorities with CELL_BAR_QUALIFY Best C1 amongst highest priority cells (using CBQ)

Once “camped on” one cell (in idle mode)…

… The MS can decide to reselect another one if:

C1 criterion < 0 The MS cannot decode downlink signalling blocks of Paging Channel The current cell is becoming forbidden (e.g. barred) A random access attempt is still unsuccessful after "Max retrans" repetitions MS detects the network has failed authentication check There is a better cell, regarding C2 criterion

MAX_RETRANS is a cell parameter, transmitted in SI-2.

Authentication check : during SDCCH phase (call setup, location update)

Note:

Cell selection (first selection) is performed using C1 criterion only (the chosen cell is the one with the best C1)

Reselection is done using the mechanisms referenced above.

e.g., the MS cannot access the cell.

It can be linked to SDCCH congestion, filtering of CHARQD due to TA greater than RACH_TA_FILTER, radio access problem during the Radio Link Establishment phase.

If SDCCH is to be seized for LU purpose, the MS will reselect on another cell.

If SDCCH is seized for something else (e.g., MOC), the MS « may » reselect (this is up to the MS vendor choice!!!). Some MSs do nothing. Call will never be possible. Some others do reselect. In that case, the user has to reattempt his call (after the reselection, but before the MS is back to the original cell due to better C2, etc. (done after 5 s, etc.)).

Page 67: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 22

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 22

3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection

Cell Selection with CBQ

Cell selection, use of CELL_BAR_QUALIFY: Set on a per cell basis Broadcast on the BCCH 2 possible values:

0 = normal priority (default value) 1 = lower priority

The MS selects the suitable (C1 > 0) cell with the highest C1 belonging to the list of highest priority

The CELL_BAR_QUALIFY parameter is not understood by phase 1 MS.

Page 68: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 23

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 23

3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection

Cell Selection with CBQ [cont.]

Example: highest priority set on microcell

The MS will select the microcell (if available, C1>0), whatever the level of the macrocell

2525 microcellCELL_BAR_QUALIFY = 0

2020

macrocellCELL_BAR_QUALIFY = 1

Page 69: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 24

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 24

3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection

Cell Selection with CBQ [cont.]

WARNING: usage of CELL_BAR_QUALIFY: interacts with CELL_BAR_ACCESS

A cell with low priority (CELL_BAR_QUALIFY = 1) cannot be barred

Some MSs will be able to access it, whatever the value of CELL_BAR_ACCESS

normal (see note 1)low11

normal (see note 1)low01

barredbarred10

normalnormal00

Status for cell reselectionCell selection priorityCELL_BAR ACCESS

CELL_BAR QUALIFY

NOTE 1: Two identical semantics are used for cross phase compatibility reasons. This allows an operator to declare a cell always as a low priority one for a phase 2 MS, but keeps the opportunity for an operator to decide whether a phase 1 MS is permitted to camp on such a cell or not.

Because phase-1 MS do not support this feature, it is recommended to keep cell bar qualify = 0.

Also, some early phase-2 MS do not handle this parameter properly.

This is only useful during selection (switching the MS, before C1 computation). Afterwards, only reselection will take place.

Page 70: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 25

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 25

3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection

C1 Criterion

C1 ensures that, if a call was attempted, it would be done with a sufficient

downlink and uplink received level based on 2 parameters, broadcast on the BCCH

RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN [dBm] Minimum level to access the cell Default value : -100 dBm Range: -47dBm to -110dBm (step = 1dB)

MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH [dBm] Maximum level for MS emitting Default value: 33 dBm

Page 71: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 26

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 26

3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection

C1 Criterion [cont.]

C1 evaluated every 5 s (minimum) C1 = A - MAX(0,B) > 0

A = RxLev - RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN assess that the MS received level is sufficient

B = MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH - P P maximum power of MS assess that the BTS received level will be sufficient if MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH < P

C1 is computed for each neighbor, using the parameters broadcasted in each neighbor !

For cell a and cell b :

C1(a) = RxLev - RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(a) – max(0,MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(a)- P)

C1(b) = RxLev - RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(b) - max(0,MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(b)- P)

Page 72: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 27

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 27

3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection

C2 Criterion

C2

If CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND= not present

C2=C1

Page 73: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 28

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 28

3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection

C2 Criterion [cont.]

C2

If CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND= present And if PENALTY_TIME Infinity ( 640s)

Cell is arriving in neighbor list :C2 = C1 + CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET - TEMPORARY_OFFSET

Cell has been in neighbor list for more than PENALTY_TIMEC2 = C1 + CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET

CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET used to favor a cell among other (e.g. micro-cell vs. umbrella, once T > PENALTY_TIME)

Step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value

This formula is very useful to favor an indoor cell or a microcell.

Page 74: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 29

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 29

3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection

C2 Criterion [cont.]

C2

If CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND= present And if PENALTY_TIME = Infinity (= 640s)

C2 = C1 - CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET

CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET used to handicap some cells among others

Step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value

This formula is very useful to favor an indoor cell or a microcell.

Page 75: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 30

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 30

3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection

C2 Criterion [cont.]

Case of "better cell" reselection

The MS will select the neighbor cell if :

Cells in same Location AreaC2neighbor > C2current

Cells in different Location AreaC2neighbor > C2current + CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS

CELL RESELECT HYSTERESIS is a parameter defined in the current cell.

Page 76: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 31

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 31

3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection

C2 Parameters

CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND C2 parameters are broadcast if = ENABLE (default) otherwise C2 = C1

PENALTY_TIME From 20s to 620s, in "20s" increment step Default value = 20s 640s : infinite penalty

CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET From 0 dB to 126 dB, in "2dB" increment step Default value = 0dB

TEMPORARY_OFFSET From 0 dB to 60 dB, in "10dB" increment step (+ Infinity) Default value = 0dB

Page 77: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 32

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 32

3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection

Applications

MINIMINI UMBUMB

MS in Idle ModeRxLev(Mini) = -70dBm C2(Mini) = …RxLev(Umb) = -65dBm C2(Umb) = …

=> Which cell is favored in Idle Mode ?

MINI 900RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN = -94dBmCELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 16 dBTEMPORARY_OFFSET = 0 dBPENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s)

UMBRELLA 900RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN = -104dBmCELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 0 dBTEMPORARY_OFFSET = 0 dBPENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s)

For both cells :

MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH = 33dBm

CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND = 1

Recommendation : CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET for lower layers between 4 to 12 dB higher than the offset in the higher layer.

Due to the Rxlev_access_min = -94dBm in the mini cell, it is required to increase the CRO(mini) by 10dB, to match up against the C2 of the umbrella.

Page 78: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 33

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 33

3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection

Applications [cont.]

MINIMINI MINIMINI

MS in Idle ModeRxLev(M900) = -70dBm C2(M900) = …RxLev(M1800) = -72dBm C2(M1800) = …

=> Which cell is favored in Idle Mode ?

MINI 1800RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN = -85dBmCELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 23 dBTEMPORARY_OFFSET = 0 dBPENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s)

MINI 900RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN = -104dBmCELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 0 dBTEMPORARY_OFFSET = 0 dBPENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s)

For both cells :

RX_LEV_ACCESS_MIN = -104dBm

MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH = default

CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND = 1

Page 79: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 34

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 34

3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection

CRO Tuning

In a multi-band network : Differences in TRX output power TRX 1800 MP (TRADE) = 45.4 dBm TRX 900 MP (TRAGE) = 46.5 dBm

Differences in path loss On a same path :

Average propagation loss = difference in path loss + difference in TRX output power = 10dB approx.

Page 80: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 35

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 35

3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection

CRO Tuning [cont.]

Therefore, a 1800 cell will provide less coverage than a 900 cell Delta = 8~10dB Less traffic is carried by 1800 cells (more capacity available)

Additionally, the 1800 frequency planning is usually cleaner than the 900 one.

Even at low RxLev, a 1800 cell might provide a coverage with good quality and good capacity

For this reason, CRO is used to advantage 1800 cells over 900 cells. Within a same layer : CRO(1800) = CRO(900) + 2~8dB Among different layers : CRO(1800) = CRO(900) + 4~12dB

Page 81: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 36

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 36

3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection

Exercise

Is there a way to keep fast-moving mobiles in the upper layer ?

2 minutes

TEMPORARY_OFFSET(umbrella) = 0dBPENALTY_TIME(umbrella) = 20sTEMPORARY_OFFSET(micro) = 20dBPENALTY_TIME(micro) = 40s (def.)

Page 82: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 37

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 37

4 Call Setup

Page 83: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 38

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 38

4 Call Setup

Principles

Call setup is made on the cell (re)selected in idle mode Idle mode parameters favour the preferred cells

Lower layers Preferred band

What is the risk?

Page 84: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 39

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 39

4 Call Setup

Congestion in the Preferred Cell

The risk is to have congestion in the preferred cell! Classical band / upper cells are unloaded… … as all MSs are sent to new cells in idle mode

This phenomenon is further amplified by handovers behavior

Multi-band/multi-layer algorithms are based on CAPTURE mechanisms Send the MS in the preferred cell as soon as it is OK… … Without comparing serving and preferred cells… … to reach the maximum capacity increase(See handover parts for details)

When a MS camps on a cell in Idle mode, it will perform call setup on this cell (and all other procedures : locationupdate, SMS, etc.).

Page 85: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 40

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 40

4 Call Setup

Algorithms Principles

New capacity

Trafficincrease

Old capacity

Page 86: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 41

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 41

4 Call Setup

Algorithms Principles (cont.)

New capacity

Trafficincrease

Old capacity

Water Valve with filter:Dual layer algorithms

As seen earlier :

Cell Selection & Reselection can favor new cells

Handovers can capture traffic from old cells and push it to new cells

Page 87: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 42

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 42

4 Call Setup

Algorithms Principles (cont.)

New capacity

Trafficincrease

Old capacity

Water Pump:ForcedDirected Retry and Fast Traffic handover

By sending too much traffic on new cells, there is a risk of congestion. It can be avoided by Forced Directed Retryand Fast Traffic HO.

Page 88: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 43

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 43

4 Call Setup

Directed Retry Principles

A Directed Retry: SDCCH to TCH intercell handover Triggered during a call setup procedure

MSServing

Cell BSC MSC

Assignment Request

SDCCH Assignment PhaseSDCCH Assignment Phase

SDCCH PhaseSDCCH Phase(SDCCH)

T11

ChannelActivation

HandoverHandover

(TCH)

TargetCell

HO Command

ack

HO Access

HO CompleteAssignment Complete

Serving cell is congested, waiting to find a neighbor cell

After channel request, a SDCCH is allocated to the MS

If no TCH is available, the MS is queued in the TCH QUEUE

If a HO is detected & the target cell has a TCH availble

The MS obtains a TCH in the target cell !

Page 89: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 44

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 44

4 Call Setup

Directed Retry Principles [cont.]

Internal and External Directed Retries are possible (since B6.2)

Handover detection based on standard intercell HO algorithms:

- Too low level- Too bad quality- Power Budget / Traffic HO- Capture (14, 21, 24)- etc. (except Fast Traffic HO)

Handover detection based on a specific algorithm (Cause 20).

Candidate cell evaluation based on specific criteria.

Normal Directed RetryNormal Directed Retry Forced Directed RetryForced Directed Retry

Page 90: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 45

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 45

4 Call Setup

Normal Directed Retry

Set on a per cell basis with parameter EN_DR

EN_DR = enable (DR execution is enabled in the cell)

EN_DR = disable (DR execution is disabled in the cell)

Executed only if no TCH available in serving cell and standard intercellHO detected

Except Intracell HO causes 10, 11 and 13 (concentric cells) and causes 15 and 16 (interference HO)

Except Cause 28 (Fast Traffic HO)

The target cell is chosen by the BSC based on the HO detected

If the target cell is congested, the counter MC555 is incremented :

Definition : Number of incoming internal directed retry (forced or normal) -preparation failures due to congestion (on Air or A-bis interface). The target TCH channel can be in HR or FR usage.

Trigger condition

1) Whenever there are no free TCH in the target cell during a forced or normal internal directed retry.2) Whenever no TCH resource is available on A-bis interface for a forced or normal internal directed retry. (not valid in B7)

EN_EXT_DR : enables/disables the Outgoing External Directed Retry procedure (on a per BSC basis)

Page 91: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 46

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 46

4 Call Setup

Forced Directed Retry (Cause 20)

CAUSE 20: Forced Directed Retry

To activate FDR : EN_FORCED_DR = Enable AND EN_DR = Enable

AV_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) is calculated with the A_PBGT_DR window

If less than A_PBGT_DR samples are available

AV_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) is calculated with the available "n" samples and remaining "A_PBGT_DR – n" are filled with -110 dBm

AV_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) > L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n)And EN_FORCED_DR = ENABLEDAV_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) > L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n)And EN_FORCED_DR = ENABLED

AV_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) is calculated for each neighbor (neighbor's BCCH), and compared to theL_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) of this neighbor, within the BSC.

Page 92: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 47

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 47

4 Call Setup

FDR Parameters

L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n): level required in the neighboring cell n The parameter considered is the one set in the neighboring cell The default value depends on the network architecture See the next slide

Freelevel_DR(n): number of free TCH channels required in the neighboring cell n The parameter considered is the one set in the neighboring cell Default value = 0 to 4 TCHs (linked to the nb of TRXs) (cf. Candidate Cell Evaluation)

A_PBGT_DR: average window Default value = 4 SACCHs

Page 93: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 48

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 48

4 Call Setup

Managing DR Parameters

Normal DR Pro's: no radio problem as MS's remain within the service area of the new

serving cell Con's: poor probability of happening, as MS is already camping on the best

server cell

Forced DR Pro's: Probability of detecting a FDR depends on parameter settings. Con's: Interference problems because MS is perhaps outside the cell normal

service area

Umbrella cell

Micro cell

FDRcapture

Forced Directed Retry strategy:

Between one micro cell and its umbrella macro cell

OK: same service area

Simple parameters settings

Between 2 micro or 2 macro cells

According to the frequency plan

Page 94: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 49

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 49

4 Call Setup

Access Strategy

Prevention of congestion in the “old” cells MSs are sent in idle mode to the “preferred cell” HO strategy favoring the “preferred cell” in dedicated mode

Prevention of congestion in the “preferred cell” Forced Directed Retry to the “old” cells

Page 95: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 50

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 50

A dual layer network is considered Umbrella cells 900 Micro cells 900

Set FDR parameters to avoid interference and allow a powerful TCH resource usage

Umbrella cells

Microcells

Time allowed:

10 minutes

4 Call Setup

Exercise

Page 96: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 51

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 51

5 Handover Strategies

Page 97: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 52

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 52

5 Handover Strategies

Objectives

1. Maximize capacity of the network, with :

Intelligent MS sharing between available resources Avoid congestion of historical band (for old MS) Consider traffic conditions of all layers Use full capacity of new resources (1800 band is offering more channels) Consider MS speed for layer discrimination

Avoid too many handovers Degradation of voice quality In order to ease traffic analysis, it is recommended to avoid too many handovers

between layers.

Page 98: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 53

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 53

5 Handover Strategies

Objectives [cont.]

2. Insuring good quality communications and avoiding call drops

Send MS towards the layer that will provide the best QoS Minimize the number of HO between cells for good speech Quality

Fast moving mobiles are handled by the macrocell layer

Identify a best target for emergency handovers cases

The tuning of the parameters will result in trade-offs

Page 99: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 54

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 54

5 Handover Strategies

Handover Algorithms

Next parts will detail available HO causes for multi-layer network management

Standard Handovers

Multi-Layer and Multi-Band Handovers

Concentric cell "Interzone" Handovers

Page 100: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 55

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 55

5 Handover Strategies

Functional Entities

RadioLink Measurements

ActiveChannelPre-processing

Assignment of HO functions in the ALCATEL BSC

BSC

HO DetectionHO CandidateCell Evaluation

HO management

MSCHO protocol

BTS

Page 101: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 56

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 56

5 Handover Strategies

HO Causes

Standard HO causes cause 2 : too low quality on the uplink cause 3 : too low level on the uplink cause 4 : too low quality on the downlink cause 5 : too low level on the downlink cause 6 : too large distance between the MS and the BTS cause 15 : high interference on the uplink (intra-cell HO) cause 16 : high interference on the downlink (intra-cell HO) cause 26 : AMR channel adaptation HO (HR to FR)

cause 12 : power budget evaluation cause 23 : traffic cause 27 : AMR channel adaptation HO (FR to HR) cause 28 : Fast traffic HO cause 29 : TFO HO cause 20 : FDR

EM

BC

These causes will always work, whether the network is monoband monolayer, or multiband multilayer.

Page 102: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 57

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 57

5 Handover Strategies

HO Causes [cont.]

HO causes for MB-ML networks cause 10 : too low level on the uplink in the inner zone cause 11 : too low level on the downlink in the inner zone cause 7 : consecutive bad SACCH frames received in a microcell cause 17 : too low level on the uplink in a microcell compared to

a high threshold cause 18 : too low level on the downlink in a microcell compared

to a high threshold

cause 13 : too high level on the uplink and the downlink in the outer zone

cause 14 : high level in the neighboring cell of a lower or indoor layer for slow mobile

cause 21 : high level in the neighboring cell in the preferred band cause 24 : general capture

EM

BC

Page 103: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 58

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 58

5 Handover Strategies

HO Causes Priority

cause 7 : consecutive bad SACCH frames received in a microcell cause 17 : too low level on the uplink in a µcell compared to a high threshold cause 18 : too low level on the downlink in a µcell compared to a high threshold cause 2 : too low quality on the uplink cause 3 : too low level on the uplink cause 4 : too low quality on the downlink cause 5 : too low level on the downlink cause 6 : too large distance between the MS and the BTS cause 10 : too low level on the uplink in the inner zone cause 11 : too low level on the downlink the in inner zone cause 26 : AMR channel adaptation HO (HR to FR) cause 15 : high interference on the uplink (intra-cell HO) cause 16 : high interference on the downlink (intra-cell HO)

cause 21 : high level in the neighboring cell in the preferred bandcause 14 : high level in neighboring cell of a lower or an indoor layer cell for slow mobilecause 24 : general capturecause 12 : power budget evaluationcause 23 : traffic

cause 13 : too high level on the uplink and downlink in the outer zone cause 27 : AMR channel adaptation HO (FR to HR) cause 20 : Forced Directed Retry DR cause 28 : Fast traffic HO

EM

BC

The handover causes are checked with the priority order defined here.

The better condition causes 21, 14, 24, 12 and 23 have the same priority. For each cell in the list of possible candidate cells is associated a cause.

If a cell is in the candidate cells list because of 2 different causes, only the one with the highest priority in the ordered list (cause 21, cause 14, cause 24, cause 12 and cause 23) in which cause 21 has the highest priority is kept.

Page 104: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 59

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 59

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Page 105: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 60

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 60

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Emergency Intercell Algorithms

Emergency intercell handovers cause 2 : too low quality on the uplink cause 3 : too low level on the uplink cause 4 : too low quality on the downlink cause 5 : too low level on the downlink cause 6 : too large distance between the MS and the BTS

May be triggered From any serving cell (any band, any zone, any layer) Towards any neighbour, except the serving cell

Note : EM HO detected while in the inner zone of a cell the outer zone is a candidate

Page 106: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 61

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 61

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Handover Cause 2: UL Quality

CAUSE 2: too low quality on the uplink

Size of window for averaging quality: A_QUAL_HO Size of window for averaging level: A_LEV_HO

AV_RXQUAL_UL_HO > L_RXQUAL_UL_H + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH

and AV_RXLEV_UL_HO <= RXLEV_UL_IH

and MS_TXPWR = min (P, MS_TXPWR_MAX)

and EN_RXQUAL_UL= ENABLED

AV_RXQUAL_UL_HO > L_RXQUAL_UL_H + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH

and AV_RXLEV_UL_HO <= RXLEV_UL_IH

and MS_TXPWR = min (P, MS_TXPWR_MAX)

and EN_RXQUAL_UL= ENABLED

QUAL

LEV

Quality and Level causes (2, 3, 4, 5, 15, 16)The aim of these causes is to keep the call going when the radio link is degrading otherwise the radio link failure might be detected and the call released. These causes wait generally for the power control process to increase the BTS and MS power to their maximum values, except for the causes specific to microcellular environment.Handover on "too low level" is used to avoid situations where the interference level is low, while the attenuation is quite high. These conditions may appear for example in big city streets which ENABLED a line of sight propagation from the BTS antenna. There is in this case a risk of abrupt quality degradation, if the MS moves away from the line of sight street.In case of simultaneous low-level and low-quality signals, an intercell handover is requested.

Page 107: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 62

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 62

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Handover Cause 3: UL Level

CAUSE 3: too low level on the uplink

Size of window for averaging quality: A_QUAL_HO Size of window for averaging level: A_LEV_HO

QUAL

LEV

AV_RXQUAL_UL_HO <= L_RXQUAL_UL_H + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH

and AV_RXLEV_UL_HO < L_RXLEV_UL_H

and MS_TXPWR = min (P, MS_TXPWR_MAX)

and EN_RXLEV_UL= ENABLED

AV_RXQUAL_UL_HO <= L_RXQUAL_UL_H + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH

and AV_RXLEV_UL_HO < L_RXLEV_UL_H

and MS_TXPWR = min (P, MS_TXPWR_MAX)

and EN_RXLEV_UL= ENABLED

Page 108: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 63

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 63

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Handover Cause 4: DL Quality

CAUSE 4: too low quality on the downlink

Size of window for averaging quality: A_QUAL_HO Size of window for averaging level: A_LEV_HO

QUAL

LEV

AV_RXQUAL_DL_HO > L_RXQUAL_DL_H + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH

and AV_RXLEV_DL_HO <= RXLEV_DL_IH

and BS_TXPWR = BS_TXPWR_MAX

and EN_RXQUAL_DL = ENABLED

AV_RXQUAL_DL_HO > L_RXQUAL_DL_H + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH

and AV_RXLEV_DL_HO <= RXLEV_DL_IH

and BS_TXPWR = BS_TXPWR_MAX

and EN_RXQUAL_DL = ENABLED

Page 109: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 64

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 64

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Handover Cause 5: DL Level

CAUSE 5: too low level on the downlink

Size of window for averaging quality: A_QUAL_HO Size of window for averaging level: A_LEV_HO

QUAL

LEV

AV_RXQUAL_UL_HO <= L_RXQUAL_DL_H + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH

and AV_RXLEV_UL_HO < L_RXLEV_DL_H

and BS_TXPWR = BS_TXPWR_MAX

and EN_RXLEV_DL= ENABLED

AV_RXQUAL_UL_HO <= L_RXQUAL_DL_H + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH

and AV_RXLEV_UL_HO < L_RXLEV_DL_H

and BS_TXPWR = BS_TXPWR_MAX

and EN_RXLEV_DL= ENABLED

Page 110: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 65

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 65

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Handover Cause 6: Distance

CAUSE 6 : Too long distance

Size of window for averaging distance : A_RANGE_HO

AV_RANGE_HO > U_TIME_ADVANCE

and EN_DIST_HO = ENABLED

AV_RANGE_HO > U_TIME_ADVANCE

and EN_DIST_HO = ENABLED

This cause is used when a dominant cell provides a lot of scattered coverages inside other cells, due to propagation conditions of the operational network. These spurious coverages is the probable production of a high level of co-channel interference.

This cause is different from the others as it is more preventive. It does not make use of the propagation conditions of a call. It just does not allow an MS to talk to a BTS if it is too far away.

It may happen for example that some peculiar propagation conditions exist at one point in time that provide exceptional quality and level although the serving BTS is far and another is closer and should be the one the mobile should be connected to if the conditions were normal.

It may then happen that these exceptional conditions suddenly drop and the link is lost, which would not have happened if the mobile had been connected to the closest cell. For these reasons also, this cause does not wait for the power control to react.

Page 111: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 66

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 66

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Emergency Intracell Handovers

Emergency intracell handovers cause 15 : high interference on the uplink (intra-cell HO) cause 16 : high interference on the downlink (intra-cell HO)

May be triggered From any serving cell (any band, any zone, any layer) Towards only the serving cell

Note : If the MS is on a non-hopping TRX, the BSC will tend to allocate a TCH on another TRX.

Page 112: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 67

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 67

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Handover Cause 15: UL Interference

CAUSE 15: High interference on the uplink

Size of window for averaging quality: A_QUAL_HO Size of window for averaging level: A_LEV_HO

AV_RXQUAL_UL_HO > THR_RXQUAL_CAUSE_15 + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH

and AV_RXLEV_UL_HO > RXLEV_UL_IH

and EN_CAUSE_15 = ENABLED

and [ no previous intracell handover for this connection failed or EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED = ENABLED ]

AV_RXQUAL_UL_HO > THR_RXQUAL_CAUSE_15 + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH

and AV_RXLEV_UL_HO > RXLEV_UL_IH

and EN_CAUSE_15 = ENABLED

and [ no previous intracell handover for this connection failed or EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED = ENABLED ]

THR_RXQUAL_CAUSE_15 and EN_CAUSE_15 are not parameters but variables defined just after.

Page 113: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 68

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 68

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Handover Cause 16: DL Interference

CAUSE 16: High interference on the downlink

Size of window for averaging quality: A_QUAL_HO Size of window for averaging level: A_LEV_HO

AV_RXQUAL_DL_HO > THR_RXQUAL_CAUSE_16 + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH

and AV_RXLEV_DL_HO > RXLEV_DL_IH

and EN_CAUSE_16 = ENABLED

and [ no previous intracell handover for this connection failed or EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED = ENABLED ]

AV_RXQUAL_DL_HO > THR_RXQUAL_CAUSE_16 + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH

and AV_RXLEV_DL_HO > RXLEV_DL_IH

and EN_CAUSE_16 = ENABLED

and [ no previous intracell handover for this connection failed or EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED = ENABLED ]

THR_RXQUAL_CAUSE_16 and EN_CAUSE_16 are not parameters but variables defined after.

Page 114: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 69

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 69

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

New Parameters for Causes 15 & 16

CAUSE 15 and CAUSE 16: THR_RXQUAL_CAUSE_15 (or 16) and EN_CAUSE_15 (or 16) are specific to

variable computed by the BSC :

THR_RXQUAL_CAUSE_15 (or 16) = L_RXQUAL_XX_H for a non AMR call (same threshold as CAUSE 2 or CAUSE 4) L_RXQUAL_XX_H_AMR for an AMR Narrow Band call L_RXQUAL_XX_H_AMR_WB_GMSK for an AMR Wide Band call

EN_ CAUSE _15 (or 16) = EN_INTRA_XX for a non-AMR call EN_INTRA_XX_AMR for an AMR Narrow Band call EN_INTRA_XX_AMR_WB_GMSK for an AMR Wide Band call

B10

XX = UL or DL

For a non AMR call, the thresholds used are identical to the ones used for CAUSE 2 and CAUSE 4.

In this case and if EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED = DISABLED, when a HO CAUSE 15 (or 16) fails, it can be modified as UPLINK (or DOWLINK) QUALITY, HO CAUSE 2 (respectively HO CAUSE 4).

With the introduction of AMR Wide Band, in B10, specific thresholds have been defined for Cause 15 and Cause 16 of an AMR WB call.

Page 115: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 70

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 70

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Causes 15 & 16: specific case of concentric cells

For an MS in the INNER zone, if cause 15 or 16 is triggered: TCH may be allocated in the outer zone or in the inner zone

For an MS in the OUTER zone, if cause 15 or 16 is triggered: TCH is always allocated in the outer zone

INNER

OUTER

Page 116: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 71

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 71

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Handover Cause 12: Power Budget

Definition of PBGT HO : “Comfort” handover type, no matter of emergency Possible targets depends on the cells layer type :

Single or UpperSingle or UpperSingle

MS Speed = FASTMS Speed ≠ FAST

Indoor

Lower

Single or Upper

Target Layer Type

Upper or Indoor

Upper or Lower

Single or Upper

Serving Layer Type

Indoor

Lower

Upper

If the MS is measured as fast, HO preferably towards upper cells with

low traffic load

Page 117: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 72

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 72

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Handover Cause 12: Power Budget [cont.]

Definition of PBGT HO : Possible targets depends also on the cells band type :

GSMAnyGSM

EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO= Disable

EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO= Enable

Any

Target Band Type

DCS

Serving Band Type(MS not in inner zone of

a MB cell)

DCS

A multiband cell is "GSM" if the outer zone is in GSM (cf. note)

The cell band type is an internal variable in the BSC, it depends on the BCCH frequency only. Therefore a multiband cell has a cell band type = GSM if the outer zone is in GSM900.

Page 118: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 73

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 73

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Handover Cause 12: Power Budget [cont.]

Definition of PBGT HO : … And if the MS is in the inner zone of a multiband concentric cell :

GSM-DCSAnyGSM

EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO= Disable

EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO= Enable

Any

Target Frequency Band

GSM-DCS

Serving Band Type(MS in inner zone of a MB

cell)

DCS

When in the MB inner zone, it is possible to force PBGT HO only towards other

MB cell.

Serving cell is a multiband cell : Band type depends on the BCCH frequency.

Page 119: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 74

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 74

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Handover Cause 12: Power Budget [cont.]

If EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = disable

Single 900

Upper 900

µ900

900 1800

indoor900

Upper 1800

µ900

mini1800

Upper 900

Single 1800

900 1800

indoor900

mini900

fast

fast

fast

fastfa

st

UpperSingle

900

Upper 900

µ900

900 1800

indoor900

Upper 1800

µ900

mini1800

Upper 900

Single 1800

900 1800

indoor900

mini900

UpperSingle

900

Upper 900

µ900

900 1800

indoor900

Upper 1800

µ900

mini1800

Upper 900

Single 1800

900 1800

indoor900

mini900

Upper

Upper

Caution: Animated slide

This scheme highlights well the difficulty of introducing multi-band cells if EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO is disabled (this was the only configuration in the first B6.2 networks): Multi-band cells interoperate only with, etc. multi-band cells.

Page 120: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 75

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 75

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Handover Cause 12: Power Budget [cont.]

If EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = enable

Single 900

Upper 900

µ900

900 1800

indoor900

Upper 1800

µ900

mini1800

Upper 900

Single 1800

900 1800

indoor900

mini900

Upper

Upper

fast

fast

fast

fastfa

st

Page 121: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 76

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 76

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Handover Cause 12: Power Budget [cont.]

Based on Power budget equation

Size of window for level averaging: A_PBGT_HO

PBGT(n) = AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) - AV_RXLEV_PBGT_HO

- (BS_TXPWR_MAX – AV_BS_TXPWR_HO)

- (MS_TXPWR_MAX(n)* – MS_TXPWR_MAX*)

- PING_PONG_MARGIN(n, call_ref)

PBGT(n) = AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) - AV_RXLEV_PBGT_HO

- (BS_TXPWR_MAX – AV_BS_TXPWR_HO)

- (MS_TXPWR_MAX(n)* – MS_TXPWR_MAX*)

- PING_PONG_MARGIN(n, call_ref)

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

The value of PBGT(n) is calculated every SACCH period for each neighboring cell n whose measures are kept in the book-keeping list

A : favor cell with highest difference between RXLEV(n) and RXLEV(s)

B : compensate for effect of the power control in DL (if PC DL attenuates BS TXPWR by 4dB, the RXLEV(s) is also attenuated by 4dB)

C : favor the cell where the MS is the most limited in TX power (to limit UL interference and extend battery life)

automatic bonus of +3dB from 900-serving to 1800-neighbours.

automatic handicap of -3dB from 1800-serving to 900-neighbours.

* In the case of concentric or multiband cells, if the channel is in the inner zone (ZONE_TYPE = INNER), BS_TXPWR_MAX and MS_TXPWR_MAX in equation must be replaced by BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER and MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER respectively.

If the channel is in the outer zone (ZONE_TYPE = OUTER), the formulation of equation (HO-7) is not changed.

Page 122: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 77

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 77

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Handover Cause 12: Power Budget [cont.]

A Handover cause 12 is detected only if the following conditions are met :

Size of window for level averaging: A_PBGT_HO

if EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) = DISABLED

then PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN(0,n) + OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER (*)

and AV_RXLEV_PBGT_HO ≤ RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO

and EN_PBGT_HO = ENABLED

if EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) = DISABLED

then PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN(0,n) + OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER (*)

and AV_RXLEV_PBGT_HO ≤ RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO

and EN_PBGT_HO = ENABLED

(*) OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER is applied only if the MS is currently located in the inner zone of a concentric cell (multiband or monoband). This parameter will be explained in chapter 7.

Page 123: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 78

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 78

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Handover Cause 12: Power Budget [cont.]

In case the feature "Traffic HO" is enabled, the previous condition is modified :

Size of window for level averaging: A_PBGT_HO

if EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) = ENABLED

then PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN(0,n) + OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER (*)+ max(0, DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n))

and AV_RXLEV_PBGT_HO ≤ RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO

and EN_PBGT_HO = ENABLED

if EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) = ENABLED

then PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN(0,n) + OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER (*)+ max(0, DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n))

and AV_RXLEV_PBGT_HO ≤ RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO

and EN_PBGT_HO = ENABLED

max(0, DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n)) is always positive it increases the HO_MARGIN(O,n)max(0, DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n)) is always positive it increases the HO_MARGIN(O,n)

Cause 12 HO is correlated with cause 23 HO. This is why there is a difference according to the activation of cause 23 HO (EN_TRAFFIC_HO).

(*) OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER is applied only if the MS is currently located in the inner zone of a concentric cell (multiband or monoband). This parameter will be explained in chapter 7.

Page 124: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 79

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 79

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Handover Cause 12: Power Budget [cont.]

DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n): evaluated according to the traffic situation of the serving cell and the neighboring cell n (Traffic_load(n)) in the following way:

Philosophy:This mechanism aims at penalizing cause 12 detection when the traffic in the serving cell is low and is high in the cell n

If Traffic_load(0) = high and Traffic_load(n) = low, DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n) = - DELTA_DEC_HO_MARGIN

If Traffic_load(0) = low and Traffic_load(n) = high, DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n) = + DELTA_INC_HO_MARGIN

Else DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n) = 0

If Traffic_load(0) = high and Traffic_load(n) = low, DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n) = - DELTA_DEC_HO_MARGIN

If Traffic_load(0) = low and Traffic_load(n) = high, DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n) = + DELTA_INC_HO_MARGIN

Else DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n) = 0

(A)

(B)

(C)

Don't forget :

PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN(0,n) + OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER + max(0, DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n))

In case (A) : DELTA HO MARGIN is negative, therefore "0" is used in the PBGT algorithm.

Only cases (B) and (C) can occur for cause 12.

Page 125: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 80

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 80

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Handover Cause 12: Power Budget [cont.]

What is the traffic_load() ? Computed for every cell by the BSC

Not available for neighbour cells that are external (different BSC's)

Can have three values: HIGH: cell is loaded LOW: cell is unloaded INDEFINITE: cell load is neither loaded nor unloaded, or unknown

Modified according to the long term traffic evaluation algorithm using the following parameters: A_TRAFFIC_LOAD, N_TRAFFIC_LOAD : averaging windows HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD, IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD, LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD: load

thresholds TCH_INFO_PERIOD: cannot be modified (5 s)

Annex 1

TCH_INFO_PERIOD = 5 s period used by the BSC to count the number of free TCH.

Page 126: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 81

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 81

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Handover Cause 12: Inter-band situation

Separated 900 – 1800 coverages

Allow the flow of PBGT HO between the 2 bands EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = enable

1800 cells 900 cells

EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = enable or disable

HO_MARGIN(0,n) =5 dB HO_MARGIN(0,n) = 5 dB

HO_MARGIN(0,n) = 2 dB

EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = enable

HO_MARGIN(0,n) = 8 dB

EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = enable

Typical example: dense urban area covered in 1800, and surrounding cells, outside the city area, are in 900.

For cells which are not in the vicinity of cells from other band, the parameter " EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO" has no impact on HO detection (except for multiband cells)

Note : to ease design of parameters, one can use the following syntax (i.e. for the case above) :

HO_MARGIN(900,900) = 5dB

HO_MARGIN(900,1800) = 8dB

HO_MARGIN(1800,1800) = 5dB

HO_MARGIN(1800,900) = 2dB

EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO(900) = enable

EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO(1800) = enable

Why 8dB ? Because there is a automatic bonus of 3dB from 900 1800 (cf p.77). In order keep a difference of 5dB of RXLEV, it is necessary to increase the HO_MARGIN by 3dB.

Page 127: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 82

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 82

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Handover Cause 12: Inter-band situation [cont.]

Common 900 – 1800 coverages

Solution 1 : Allow the exit from "border 1800", but use other HO causes to manage "core 1800"

macro 900

macro 1800HO_MARGIN(0,n) = 5 dB

HO_M(1800,900)= 2 dB

"Border" strategySmooth exit of the 1800 areaEN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = Enable

"Core" strategyPrevent PBGT HO, to keep MS in 1800 EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = Disable

HO_MARGIN(900,1800)= 8 dB

HO_MARGIN(0,n) = 5 dB

Dual coverage of an area : full coverage in 1800 and full coverage in 900. However, to compensate for line (C) in slide 77, we must compensate by 3 dB.

This way, there is no priority given to the 1800 band nor the 900 band.

When handling different bands with power budget HO only, the recommended CRO in the 1800 cell is:

CRO(1800) = ( [ HO_MARGIN(1800,900) – HO_MARGIN(900,1800)] / 2 ) + 3

Page 128: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 83

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 83

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Handover Cause 12: Inter-band situation [cont.]

Common 900 – 1800 coverages

Solution 2 : Manage all intra-layer HO with HO cause 12.

macro 900

macro 1800

HO

_M = 2 dB

"Border" strategySmooth exit of the 1800 areaEN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = Enable

"Core" strategyAllow PBGT HO, favour MS in 1800 EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = Enable

HO

_M = 8 dB

HO_M(900,900) = 5 dB

HO_M(1800,900)= 8dB

HO_M(900,1800)= 2dB

HO_M(1800,1800) = 5 dB

Same management of HO at the "border" zone, but "core" zone is managed with PBGT HO also. Except the HO_MARGIN are different :

HO_MARGIN(1800,900) = 8dB (6dB harder than default "2dB")

HO_MARGIN(900,1800) = 2dB (6dB easier than default "8dB")

Page 129: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 84

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 84

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

HO Cause 12: Tuning of Microcells Parameters

HO_MARGIN(0,n) optimization

Not triggering too many HOs(ping-pong)

Not triggering HO to a transient cell (for example, the perpendicular cell at a crossroads)

Avoid emergency HO to the umbrella if there is an available microcell (after a street corner).

Micro 1Micro 2

Micro 3

PBGT HO between micro cells 1, 2

-110

-100

-90

-80

-70

-60

-50

1 3 5 7 9

11

13

15

17

19

rxlev(cell 1)rxlev(cell 2)rxlev(cell 3)

Too many handovers can be perceived as a degradation of the voice quality (i.e. in QVoice)

Transient cell : the Rxlev of this cell is good only for a short duration (= passing cell)

Page 130: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 85

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 85

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

HO Cause 12: Tuning of Microcells Parameters [cont.]

HO_MARGIN(0,n) Avoid ping-pong HO in urban environment Avoid emergency HO after street corners Avoid transcient PBGT HO Default value: up to 10 dB in dense urban microcellular area, with

short A_PBGT_HO. Optimized: can be reduced to 5dB or 0dB when applying an anti ping-

pong mechanism and long A_PBGT_HO.

A_PBGT_HO To find a compromise with HO_MARGIN(0,n) Default value: 8 SACCHs for urban microcells, 6 for dense urban

Page 131: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 86

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 86

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

HO Cause 12: Tuning of Microcells Parameters [cont.]

HO_MARGIN optimization if HO_MARGIN(0,n) > 5dB

PBGT HO delayedC/I might drop below -6dB in case of adjacent frequencies between

2 neighbouring microcells, degradation of voice quality

if HO_MARGIN(0,n) ≤ 5dB (0dB)

adjacent frequencies between neighbouring microcells can be used

BUT A_PBGT_HO should be increasedAND the anti ping-pong mechanism

should be applied (PING_PONG_HCP & T_HCP)

BTS1

BTS2

Building

Interferer

fn

fn+1

Area of potential interferences: (C/I)adj < -6dB

C/I = -9dB, means that the RXLEV(serving) is 9dB lower than the RXLEV(neighbour)

Alcatel recommends C/I > -6dB [BCCH] and > -9dB [TCH] in case of adjacent channels, to avoid call quality degradation.

Page 132: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 87

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 87

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Cause 12: Speed Discrimination in Lower/Indoor

Transfer of fast MSs from lower or indoor layers to upper layer If EN_SPEED_DISC = ENABLED

HO

Traffic Load low

HO (12) HO (12) HO (12)

HO (12)

Traffic Load = low

MIN_CONNECT_TIME

At call setup: C_DWELL = 0 and is incremented by 1 every MEASUREMENT REPORTMS_SPEED is set to indefinite

After 1st HO: MS_SPEED is kept at indefinite, and C_DWELL reinits to 0Next HO: MS_SPEED is set to fast if:

C_DWELL < 2 x MIN_CONNECT_TIMEand HO is a Power Budget HO (cause 12)and EN_SPEED_DISC = ENABLED in serving cell

Otherwise MS_SPEED is kept at indefinite and C_DWELL reinits to 0

At call setup: C_DWELL = 0 and is incremented by 1 every MEASUREMENT REPORTMS_SPEED is set to indefinite

After 1st HO: MS_SPEED is kept at indefinite, and C_DWELL reinits to 0Next HO: MS_SPEED is set to fast if:

C_DWELL < 2 x MIN_CONNECT_TIMEand HO is a Power Budget HO (cause 12)and EN_SPEED_DISC = ENABLED in serving cell

Otherwise MS_SPEED is kept at indefinite and C_DWELL reinits to 0

At call setup: C_DWELL = 0 and is incremented by 1 every MEASUREMENT REPORTMS_SPEED is set to indefinite

After 1st HO: MS_SPEED is kept at indefinite, and C_DWELL reinits to 0Next HO: MS_SPEED is set to fast if:

C_DWELL < 2 x MIN_CONNECT_TIMEand HO is a Power Budget HO (cause 12)and EN_SPEED_DISC = ENABLED in serving cell

Otherwise MS_SPEED is kept at indefinite and C_DWELL reinits to 0

At call setup: C_DWELL = 0 and is incremented by 1 every MEASUREMENT REPORTMS_SPEED is set to indefinite

After 1st HO: MS_SPEED is kept at indefinite, and C_DWELL reinits to 0Next HO: MS_SPEED is set to fast if:

C_DWELL < 2 x MIN_CONNECT_TIMEand HO is a Power Budget HO (cause 12)and EN_SPEED_DISC = ENABLED in serving cell

Otherwise MS_SPEED is kept at indefinite and C_DWELL reinits to 0

If the handover is an intracell HO, nothing happens : C_DWELL continues to be incremented.

If the handover is an external HO (different BSC), then there is a reinitialisation of the variables C_DWELL and MS_SPEED as after a call setup.

Page 133: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 88

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 88

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Exercise

Draw arrows to indicate among which cells the HO cause 12 can be detected

UMBRELLA

LOWER

INDOOR

SPEED_DISC is enable in lower and indoor layers

Case 1 : all cells belong to the same BSC

Case 2 : the umbrella cells belong to another BSC

Page 134: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 89

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 89

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Handover Cause 23: Traffic

The aim of this cause is to speed HO detection when The serving cell is loaded The target cell is unloaded

Counter-reaction of cause 12

Checked between :

LAYER : Cells with the same CELL_LAYER_TYPE

BAND : If EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = disable Cells with the same CELL_BAND_TYPE if MS in inner zone of a multi-band cell, it can only go to another multi-band cell

If EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = enable Any CELL_BAND_TYPE

CAUSE 23

CAUSE 12

In some multi-band networks, the radio coverage is ensured by DCS cells in one geographical area and by GSM cells in another geographical area. As these cells form a multi-band and mono-layer network, the capture handovers between cells of different bands will be inefficient to regulate the CS traffic load in the serving cell neighboringhood.

The solution consists in allowing intra-layer traffic handovers (Cause 23) based on a power budget evaluation between cells of different bands.

Page 135: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 90

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 90

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Handover Cause 23: Traffic [cont.]

CAUSE 23: Traffic Handover

Size of window for level average: A_PBGT_HO

DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n) uses the same algorithm as in p.77.

DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n) < 0 dB

AND PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN(0,n) + OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER+ DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n)

AND EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) = ENABLED

DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n) < 0 dB

AND PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN(0,n) + OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER+ DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n)

AND EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) = ENABLED

The principle of this handover is to reduce the size of the serving cell when it is high loaded relatively to a low loaded cell.

When the mobile moves away from the BTS, the power budget will increase and a better cell handover will be triggered earlier.

It is recommended to inhibit Traffic handover towards 1 TRX cells. These cells do not have enough resources to receive incoming handovers due to congestion of neighboring cells. Moreover because of the great variation of traffic in the 1 TRX cells, traffic load is never considered as low.

This cause is inhibited for handover from SDCCH to SDCCH.

Cause 23 is checked over all the neighboring cells belonging to the same layer. It means that it is checked between cells whose CELL_LAYER_TYPE is single or upper, between cells whose CELL_LAYER_TYPE is lower, and between cells whose CELL_LAYER_TYPE is indoor.

In addition to the condition on the cell layer type, the cell frequency band condition for checking Cause 23 is as follows whether or not the MS is in the inner zone of a multi-band cell:

The MS is not in the inner zone of a multi-band cell

If the flag EN_MULTI-BAND_PBGT_HO is set to “disabled”, Cause 23 must not be checked between cells which use different frequency bands (i.e cells having different CELL_BAND_TYPE).

If the flag EN_MULTI-BAND_PBGT_HO is set to “enabled”, Cause 23 will be checked over all the neighboring cells without any cell frequency band restriction.

The MS is in the inner zone of a multi-band cell

If the flag EN_MULTI-BAND_PBGT_HO is set to “disabled”, Cause 23 is checked over all the neighboring cell multi-band cells (FREQUENCY_RANGE= PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800) which belong to the same BSC as the serving cell.

If the flag EN_MULTI-BAND_PBGT_HO is set to “enabled”, Cause 23 will be checked over all the neighboring cells without any cell frequency band restriction.

Page 136: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 91

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 91

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Handover Cause 28: Fast Traffic HO

CAUSE 28: Fast Traffic Handover Push out of a cell a mobile in dedicated mode to allow a queued request to

be served in the serving cell

May be triggered From any non-concentric cell OR concentric outer zone Towards any cell except the serving one

HO

New call attempt Most appropriate MS to be pushed out

Congested cell

New call attempt

HO

Most appropriate MS to be pushed out

Upper Layer Cell

Page 137: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 92

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 92

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Handover Cause 28: Fast Traffic HO [cont.]

CAUSE 28: Fast Traffic Handover Cause 28 is only checked if the channel of the candidate MS can support

the channel rate (HR or FR) required by the queued request:

HO is triggered when a request is queued at the top of the queue

FR (whatever the TRX type)FR

HRor

FR on dual rate TRXHR

Candidate MSQueued Request

Page 138: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 93

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 93

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Handover Cause 28: Fast Traffic HO [cont.]

CAUSE 28: Fast Traffic Handover

Size of window for averaging level: A_PBGT_DR

Same thresholds and window as Cause 20 (FDR) EN_CAUSE_28 is an internal HOP process variable, ENABLED when a request

is queued

AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) > L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) + max (0, [MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) - P])

and t(n) > FREELEVEL_DR(n)

and EN_CAUSE_28 = ENABLED

and EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO = ENABLED

AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) > L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) + max (0, [MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) - P])

and t(n) > FREELEVEL_DR(n)

and EN_CAUSE_28 = ENABLED

and EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO = ENABLED

HO cause 28 process:

If EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO = enabled, when an assignment request (or external emergency HO request) is queued, the RAM process sends to the HOP process a Fast Traffic HO request which contains the queued request reference and its channel rate.

Then, HO cause 28 becomes checkable (EN_CAUSE_28=enabled).

Once an HO alarm for cause 28 is triggered, the flag EN_CAUSE_28 is set to “disabled” so as not to perform more than one handover. In the same time, the HOP process gets back to the RAM process a Fast Traffic HO Acknowledge which contains the queued request reference and the reference of the MS that can perform HO.

If several answers are sent to the RAM process, only the first one corresponding to the queued request is taken into account.

The RAM process checks if the request is still queued. If it is so, RAM asks HOP to start HO for this mobile; otherwise the process is stopped.

Once the HOP process receives this message, the first two conditions of Cause 28 (good enough level, enough free resources in the target cell) are checked one more time. If the conditions are fulfilled, the HOP process sends an alarm to the HOM entity and the timer T_FILTER is started; otherwise the process is stopped.

Note: the first two conditions of cause 28 are tested twice in order to be sure that the candidate cells are still valid when the « cause 28 start HO » message is received from the RAM process.

Page 139: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 94

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 94

Detection of cause 12 Parameters settings

No Power Control DL, no anti ping-pong EN_PBGT_HO = enable EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) = disable HO_MARGIN(0,n) = 5 dB RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO = -47 dBm

BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER = 0 dB OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER = 0 dB

In each case, determine if cause 12 is detected or not

30 minutes

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Exercise

Page 140: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 95

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 95

Is cause 12 triggered? EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = ENABLE

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Exercise [cont.]

9009001800900Band

FastFastSlowIndMS speed

Cause 12 ?

PBGT ?

-80 dBm-65 dBm- 65 dBm-80 dBmRx_Lev(n)

HIGHLOWLOWINDTraffic(n)

MicroUmbrellaUmbrellaSingleType

Target

-90 dBm-90 dBm- 90 dBm-85 dBmRx_Lev(0)

NoYesYesNoEN_SPEED_DISC

900900900900Band

MiniMicroMicroSingleType

Source

Case 4Case 3Case 2Case 1Inputs

Page 141: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 96

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 96

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Exercise [cont.]

Is cause 12 triggered? EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = DISABLE

Cause 12 ?

PBGT ?

-65 dBm-65 dBm-65 dBm-70 dBm-80 dBmRx_Lev(n)

9009009001800900Band

MultibandUpper

SingleSingleSingleSingleType

Target

-90 dBm-90 dBm-90 dBm-85 dBm-85 dBmRx_Lev(0)

InnerOuterInner------Zone

900900900900900Band

MultibandUpper

MultibandUpper

MultibandUpper

SingleSingleType

Source

Case 5Case 4Case 3Case 2Case 1Inputs

Page 142: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 97

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 97

6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms

Exercise [cont.]

Is cause 12 triggered? EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = ENABLE

Cause 12 ?

PBGT ?

-65 dBm-65 dBm-65 dBm-70 dBm-80 dBmRx_Lev(n)

9009009001800900Band

MultibandUpper

SingleSingleSingleSingleType

Target

-90 dBm-90 dBm-90 dBm-85 dBm-85 dBmRx_Lev(0)

InnerOuterInner------Zone

900900900900900Band

MultibandUpper

MultibandUpper

MultibandUpper

SingleSingleType

Source

Case 5Case 4Case 3Case 2Case 1Inputs

Page 143: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 98

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 98

7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Page 144: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 99

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 99

7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Emergency Handovers: Introduction

In a hierarchical network, the MS can camp in any layer. Each layer is characterized by a certain cell type.

Depending on the dimension type, the BSC is able to trigger some specific "microcell" emergency handovers in order to save the call.

Micro

Micro

Macro

Macro

Macro

Dimension Type

YESYESMicro

NOYESSingle

Micro(7,17,18)

Standard(2,3,4,5,6)

YES

YES

YES

Available Emergency HO causes

YES

NO

NO

Serving Cell Type

Indoor

Mini

Umbrella

Page 145: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 100

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 100

7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Emergency Handovers: Introduction [cont.]

Recommended strategies : An MS is located in a micro or an indoor cell During an emergency HO, the MS is directed preferably towards an upper

or a single cell

An MS is located in a mini cell During an emergency HO, the MS is directed preferably towards

neighboring mini cells

in µ

umbrella single

mini

umbrella

mini

Page 146: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 101

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 101

7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Emergency Handovers Specific to Microcells

Emergency handovers specific to microcells cause 7 : consecutive bad SACCH frames received in a microcell cause 17 : too low level on the uplink in a microcell compared to a high

threshold cause 18 : too low level on the downlink in a microcell compared to a high

threshold

May be triggered From microcells only (cell_dimension_type = micro)

Outdoor microcell (micro layer) Indoor microcell (indoor layer)

Towards any cell except the serving one

Note : If the MS in inner zone of a multi-band cell, the serving cell is a candidate

Page 147: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 102

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 102

7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Microcell Emergency Handovers

CAUSE 7: consecutive bad SACCH frames received in a microcell

N_BAD_SACCH Rule : "Radio Link Recovery shall be triggered before the handover" N_BAD_SACCH > RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS - N_BSTXPWR_M

Default values:RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS = 18 SACCHN_BSTPWR_M = 15 SACCH N_BAD_SACCH = 4 SACCH

Last N_BAD_SACCH frames received are not correct

and EN_MCHO_RESCUE = ENABLE

Last N_BAD_SACCH frames received are not correct

and EN_MCHO_RESCUE = ENABLE

Page 148: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 103

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 103

7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Microcell Emergency Handovers [cont.]

CAUSE 17: too low level on the UL in a microcell compared to a high threshold

Averaging window: A_LEV_MCHO

AV_RXLEV_UL_MCHO(i) ≤ U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO

and AV_RXLEV_UL_MCHO(i-1) > U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO

and EN_MCHO_H_UL = ENABLE

AV_RXLEV_UL_MCHO(i) ≤ U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO

and AV_RXLEV_UL_MCHO(i-1) > U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO

and EN_MCHO_H_UL = ENABLE

Page 149: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 104

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 104

7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Microcell Emergency Handovers [cont.]

CAUSE 18: too low level on the DL in a microcell compared to a high threshold

Averaging window: A_LEV_MCHO

AV_RXLEV_DL_MCHO(i) ≤ U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO

and AV_RXLEV_DL_MCHO(i-1) > U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO

and EN_MCHO_H_DL = ENABLE

AV_RXLEV_DL_MCHO(i) ≤ U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO

and AV_RXLEV_DL_MCHO(i-1) > U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO

and EN_MCHO_H_DL = ENABLE

Page 150: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 105

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 105

7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Cause 17 & 18: Comparison to High Threshold

High threshold (U_RXLEV_XX_MCHO) the HO is triggered when the signal drops under the threshold the corresponding HO causes consist in comparing, at 2 successive SACCH

periods, the DL and UL levels in the serving microcell with a high threshold

Beginning a call under the threshold does not trigger an HO

ii-1

t

AV_RXLEV_XX_MCHO

High Threshold

HO alarm

ii-1

t

AV_RXLEV_XX_MCHO

High Threshold

no HO alarm

Page 151: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 106

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 106

7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Cause 17 & 18: Comparison to High Threshold [cont.]

High threshold (U_RXLEV_XX_MCHO)

With high value, mobiles will be sent too early to the macro layer

With low value, mobiles turning at a street corner will be maintained in the microcell layer during a longer period

Problems for MS's with a signal strength level close to the high threshold : due to fading, multiple handovers can be triggered during a call:

MS in Indoor cell : decrease in RXLEV leads to emergency HO UmbrellaMS in Umbrella : RXLEV of indoor cell becomes good again, capture HO Indoor… and so on.

Page 152: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 107

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 107

7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Cause 17 & 18: Comparison to High Threshold [cont.]

U_RXLEV_XX_MCHO compared to L_RXLEV_XX_H Default settings recommends a +2dB gap : for DL:

L_RXLEV_DL_H = -93 dBm

U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO = -91 dBm

for UL:

L_RXLEV_UL_H = -95 (M2M), -98 (M4M), -102 (Evolium) dBm

U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO = -93 (M2M), -96 (M4M), -100 (Evolium) dBm

Averaging:

A_LEV_MCHO : 10 SACCH

A_LEV_HO : 4 (dense urband) ~ 6 (urban) SACCH

A_LEV_MCHO

The averaging window size shouldn’t be too small in order to:

avoid triggering too easily an HO on fading and overloading needlessly the macrocell

favor as much as possible between 2 micro cells PBGT HO

Typical value: 10 SACCHs

The high threshold is used to modelize a slow decrease of the signal level at microcell border

Really urgent handovers will be triggered using the Low Threshold (cause 3 & 5) with a short averaging window size

Page 153: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 108

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 108

7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Cause 17 & 18: Default Strategy

Default strategy : U_RXLEV_XX_MCHO > L_RXLEV_XX_H

ii-1

t

AV_RXLEV_XX_MCHO

High Threshold

µHO alarm

t

Standard Threshold

High Threshold

Standard Threshold

Std HO alarm

Based on 10-SACCH sliding averagesGoal : detect slow degradation

Based on 4-SACCH sliding averagesGoal : detect quick drops in level

AV_RXLEV_XX_HO

Page 154: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 109

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 109

7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Cause 17 & 18: Alternative Strategy

Alternative strategy : U_RXLEV_XX_MCHO < L_RXLEV_XX_H

ii-1

t

AV_RXLEV_XX_MCHO

High Threshold

µHO alarm

t

Standard Threshold

High Threshold

Standard Threshold

Std HO alarm

Based on 4-SACCH sliding averagesGoal : detect corner street effects

Based on 10-SACCH sliding averagesGoal : detect MS slowly exiting the cell

AV_RXLEV_XX_HO

Alternative strategy offers a different approach :

The "high" treshold U_RXLEV_XX_MCHO is not "high" anymore. Use this threshold as "emergency" exit from a microcell, when the MS turns around a street corner.

The standard threshold should be used as a standard exit from microcell : don't forget that HO cause 12 towards another cell in the same layer might not always be possible. In this case, the only way to exit a micro cell or an indoor cell is to perform an emergency HO !

Therefore it is necessary to use one dedicated emergency HO as a "safe exit" HO, to keep a good RXLEV while performing a HO towards another layer.

Example :

U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO =-92dBm

L_RXLEV_DL_H = -83dBm

A_LEV_MCHO : 4 SACCH

A_LEV_HO : 10 SACCHEN_MCHO_H_DL = ENABLE

In Uplink, default values can be kept for the standard emergency HO, and EN_MCHO_H_UL = DISABLE (exit performed with DL is enough)

Page 155: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 110

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 110

8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Page 156: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 111

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 111

8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Cause 14: Lower/Indoor Capture for Slow MS

Capture handover Improved in B7 (indoor & anti ping-pong) Send traffic in lower layers, even though the call is

fine in upper layers

May be triggered From upper layer cells Towards lower or indoor layer cells

From lower layer cells Towards indoor layer cells

Note : It can be triggered between different frequency bands or not

PREFERRED_BAND = None / DCS / GSM (BSC parameter)

mini

umbrella

micro

indoor

LOWER

UPPER

INDOOR

Page 157: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 112

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 112

8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Cause 14: Lower/Indoor Capture for Slow MS [cont.]

In order to keep dual band MSs in the preferred band Cause 14 is not checked if

serving cell or zone is "preferred band" AND target cell is "non preferred" AND EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) = DISABLED

CELL_BAND_TYPE = Preferred_band

CELL_LAYER_TYPE =upper

CELL_LAYER_TYPE =lower or indoor

EN_BI-BAND_MS = DISABLEDCELL_BAND_TYPE = CELL_BAND_TYPE(0)

EN_BI-BAND_MS = DISABLEDCELL_BAND_TYPE Preferred_band

CELL_BAND_TYPE = Preferred_bandCELL_BAND_TYPE ≠ Preferred_band

EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) should be disabled in the TARGET cell in order to prevent cause 14.

Definition : Enables/disables the incoming handovers of bi-band MSs from the preferred-band into a classical band cell.

Beware : it is also used in cause 24 (general capture)

Page 158: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 113

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 113

8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Cause 14: Lower/Indoor Capture for Slow MS [cont.]

If cell_layer_type (0) = upper

Averaging window: A_PBGT_HO Anti ping-pong: not checked if T_INHIBIT_CPT is running

mini

umbrella

micro indoor

AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) > L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)

and MS_SPEED = SLOW

and EN_MCHO_NCELL = ENABLED

AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) > L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)

and MS_SPEED = SLOW

and EN_MCHO_NCELL = ENABLED

Page 159: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 114

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 114

8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Cause 14: Lower/Indoor Capture for Slow MS [cont.]

If cell_layer_type (0) = lower

Averaging window: A_PBGT_HO Anti ping-pong: not checked if T_INHIBIT_CPT is running

mini micro

indoor

AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) > L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)

and MS_SPEED ≠ FAST

and EN_MCHO_NCELL = ENABLED

AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) > L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)

and MS_SPEED ≠ FAST

and EN_MCHO_NCELL = ENABLED

MS_SPEED different than fast, because at call setup, the MS SPEED is set to indefinite. It cannot be set to "SLOW". A "SLOW" MS might be a MS that came from an umbrella previously.

Therefore, in a mini cell, a MS with MS SPEED = indefinite should be able to be sent to an indoor cell.

Page 160: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 115

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 115

8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Cause 14: Speed Discrimination

Only available for UPPER layers (umbrella cells)

Speed discrimination objectives : Maximize capacity (maximum traffic in lower/indoor cells) While optimizing quality (minimize the number of handovers)

Smart speed discrimination : 1. If the load of umbrella is too high reduce the time a MS can stay in the

umbrella2. If the load of umbrella is low increase the time a MS can stay in the

umbrella3. If the MS speed is fast in lower/indoor cells it is sent to the umbrella

cell

Benefits of the smart speed discrimination :

Case 1 : The umbrella cell is kept "less loaded" in order to accept incoming handovers and call setups (most of call setups will be done on the umbrella cells, because of the better coverage). The extra-capacity of lower/indoor cells is fully used.

Case 2 : No HO is performed in this case, because the umbrella has room to keep the calls. It is interesting to avoid handovers, because less HO during a call better voice quality.

Case 3 : a fast moving user should stay in upper layers, in order to avoid performing too many HO (increase the risk of call drops, especially in lower layers)

Page 161: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 116

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 116

8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Cause 14: Speed Discrimination [cont.]

Interlayer HO are based on speed discrimination

Lower layer

Upper layer

Indoor layer

Cause12MS_speed = FAST

Cause12MS_speed = FAST

Cause14MS_speed = SLOW or INDEFINITE

Cause14MS_speed = SLOW

Page 162: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 117

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 117

8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Cause 14: Speed Discrimination [cont.]

MS speed in umbrella cells : Speed estimation based on the consecutive time the same lower/indoor

cell is received as a neigbour by the MS

If for one neighboring cell n, C_DWELL(n) ≥ 2 x MIN_DWELL_TIME

MS_SPEED is set to SLOW

Upper layer

Lower layerCell 1 Lower layer

Cell 2

C_DWELL(1) C_DWELL(2)

To dwell : to reside

If this dwell time exceeds MIN_DWELL_TIME, the MS is slow and is sent to the lower/indoor cell

C_DWELL(n) is a counter measuring the number of SACCH periods of monitoring neighbour cell n over the threshold L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)

There is one C_DWELL() per neighbour cell

MIN_DWELL_TIME is a variable linked to the load of the serving umbrella cell

Page 163: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 118

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 118

8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Cause 14: Speed Discrimination [cont.]

Initialization of C_DWELL(n) in serving umbrella cell :

if EN_SPEED_DISC = ENABLE C_DWELL(n) = 0 MSs will handover to the lower/indoor layer after MIN_DWELL_TIME seconds

if EN_SPEED_DISC = DISABLE C_DWELL(n) = 2 x (MIN_DWELL_TIME - L_MIN_DWELL_TIME) MSs will handover to the lower/indoor layer after L_MIN_DWELL_TIME seconds

MIN_DWELL_TIME is not a parameter ! It is a variable computed by BSC : it varies, depending on the umbrella traffic load.

Default : EN_SPEED_DISC = Disable

Page 164: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 119

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 119

8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Cause 14: Speed Discrimination [cont.]

Example with default values (EN_SPEED_DISC = disable) Initialization values

H_MIN_DWELL_TIME = 20s (= MIN_DWELL_TIME at initialization)L_MIN_DWELL_TIME = 8sC_DWELL(n) = 2 x (MIN_DWELL_TIME - L_MIN_DWELL_TIME)

= 2 x (20 - 8) = 24 SACCH (= 12 seconds)

AlgorithmMS is deemed as slow if C_DWELL(n) > 2 x MIN_DWELL_TIME C_DWELL(n) starts at 24, and is increased by 1 when RXLEV_NCELL(n) > L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)

0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44

: EN_SPEED_DISC = Disable: EN_SPEED_DISC = Enable

INDEFINITE or FAST SLOW

Maximum time to reach MIN_DWELL_TIME

=L_MIN_DWELL_TIME

C_DWELL MIN_DWELL_TIMEC_DWELL

MIN_DWELL_TIME is in seconds, whereas C_DWELL is in SACCH. This is the reason why MIN_DWELL_TIME is multiplied by 2.

1 SACCH = 480ms (approx. 0.5s)

Page 165: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 120

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 120

8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Cause 14: Speed Discrimination [cont.]

Traffic regulation through the variation of MIN_DWELL_TIME

Default valuesdependent onthe number of TRXs

H_LOAD_OBJ

L_LOAD_OBJ

AV_Load umbrella

H_MIN_DWELL_TIME20 s

DWELL_TIME_STEP2 s

L_MIN_DWELL_TIME8 s

Start of daylow traffic

End of daylow traffic

End of BHdecreasing traffic

What are the values of MIN_DWELL_TIME during the day ?

Summary of parameters that controls the speed discrimination in the umbrella cells:

H_MIN_DWELL_TIME, L_MIN_DWELL_TIME, DWELL_TIME_STEP, H_LOAD_OBJ, L_LOAD_OBJ

If AV_Load > H_LOAD_OBJ

MIN_DWELL_TIME = MIN_DWELL_TIME – DWELL_TIME_STEP (as long as higher than L min dwell time)

If AV_Load < L_LOAD_OBJ

MIN_DWELL_TIME = MIN_DWELL_TIME + DWELL_TIME_STEP (as long as smaller than H min dwell time)

Page 166: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 121

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 121

8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Cause 24: General Capture

Capture Handover Improved in B7 (anti ping-pong)

Can be used to capture traffic by any cell, whatever its type, band, etc.

YES

NO

MS in inner zone of a multiband cell

EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) = ENABLEOr CELL_BAND_TYPE(n) CELL_BAND_TYPE(0)

Preferred band

EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) = ENABLEOr CELL_BAND_TYPE(n) = PREFERRED_BAND

Preferred band

Not preferred band

Not preferred band

Serving cellBand Type

Any cell

Any cell

Possible Neighbours

The target cell can not be the serving cell

Page 167: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 122

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 122

8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Cause 24: General Capture [cont.]

In order to keep dual band MS in the preferred band, cause 24 is not checked when EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) = DISABLED, from preferred cell to classical cell.

EN_BI-BAND_MS = DISABLEDCELL_BAND_TYPE = CELL_BAND_TYPE(0)

EN_BI-BAND_MS = DISABLEDCELL_BAND_TYPE Preferred_band

CELL_BAND_TYPE Preferred_band

CELL_BAND_TYPE = Preferred_band

Page 168: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 123

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 123

8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Cause 24: General Capture [cont.]

CAUSE 24: general capture

Size of window for averaging level: A_PBGT_HO CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION can take 3 values: ANY_LOAD (default),

HIGH, NOT_LOW Anti ping-pong: not checked when T_INHIBIT_CPT is running

AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) > L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n) + max (0, [MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) - P])

and Traffic_load(0) = CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION

and Traffic_load(n) HIGH

and EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO = ENABLED

AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) > L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n) + max (0, [MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) - P])

and Traffic_load(0) = CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION

and Traffic_load(n) HIGH

and EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO = ENABLED

Page 169: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 124

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 124

Input settings for the next slide EN_MCHO_NCELL(source) = ENABLED L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(source, target) = -85 dBm

Is cause 14 triggered in each of the following cases ? See next slide

Time allowed: 5 minutes

8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Exercise

Page 170: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 125

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 125

8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Exercise [cont.]

FastIndefiniteSlowSlowSlowSlowSlowSlowMS Speed

DisableEnableDisableDisableDisableDisableEnableEnableEn BibandMS

-80 dBm

1800

Mini

-90 dBm

Outer

900

Multiband Umbrella

Case 5

-80 dBm

1800

Mini

-90 dBm

Inner

900

Multiband Umbrella

Case 6

-70 dBm

900

Indoor

-60 dBm

---

900

Micro

Case 7

Cause 14 ?

-80 dBm-80 dBm-80 dBm-80 dBm-84 dBmRx_Lev(n)

18009001800900900Band

IndoorMiniMiniMicroMicroType

Target

-90 dBm-90 dBm-90 dBm-60 dBm-84 dBmRx_Lev(0)

---------------Zone

9001800900900900Band

MiniUmbrellaUmbrellaUmbrellaSingleType

Source

Case 8Case 4Case 3Case 2Case 1Inputs

Page 171: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 126

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 126

Speed discrimination

What is the role of parameter EN_SPEED_DISC?

If EN_SPEED_DISC is disabled, can slow MSs in Umbrellas be captured with cause (14) towardsMini/Micro/Indoor?

What is the difference between EN_SPEED_DISC = DISABLED and EN_SPEED_DISC = ENABLED when L_LOAD_OBJ = 0% and H_LOAD_OBJ = 100%?

Time allowed: 5 minutes

8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Exercise [cont.]

Page 172: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 127

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 127

8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Cause 21: Preferred Band

Capture handover Improved in B7 (anti ping-pong) Send traffic in preferred cells, even though the

call is fine in classical cells

May be triggered From Classical band cells Towards Preferred Band cells

Note : It can be triggered between different layers or not

Cell

Cell

Cell 1800

900

Page 173: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 128

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 128

8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Cause 21: Preferred Band [cont.]

Cause 21: high level in the neighboring cell in the preferred band

Averaging window: A_PBGT_HO MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION can take 3 values: ANY_LOAD (default),

HIGH, NOT_LOW Anti ping-pong: not checked when T_INHIBIT_CPT is running

AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) > L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)

and TRAFFIC_LOAD(0) = MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION

and TRAFFIC_LOAD(n) ≠ HIGH

and EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO = ENABLE

AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) > L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)

and TRAFFIC_LOAD(0) = MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION

and TRAFFIC_LOAD(n) ≠ HIGH

and EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO = ENABLE

Page 174: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 129

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 129

Use of cause 21 or 14? Considering the following network

Which cause has to be used for capture? 14 or 21?

Highlight one complexity linked to causes 14 and 21 interworking when using traffic discrimination

Time allowed: 5 minutes

8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Exercise

Umbrella 900

Mini 1800

Page 175: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 130

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 130

8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Capture handovers

Tuning of L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)

Recommended range of investigation: from -65dBm to -85dBm Propose a method to define the initial setting

Propose a method to tune this value

Page 176: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 131

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 131

8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Capture handovers [cont.]

Tuning of MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION andCAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION

Recommended setting: ANY_LOAD

If HIGH or NOT_LOW: Capture to the preferred cell is limited to the loaded hours This choice is sensible: during unloaded hours, the non-preferred cells

provide a good coverage, with little interference.

The following parameters will impact the computation of traffic_load : Avg windows: TCH_INFO_PERIOD, A_TRAFFIC_LOAD, N_TRAFFIC_LOAD Thresholds: LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD, IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD,

HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD

Page 177: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 132

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 132

8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Capture handovers [cont.]

Inhibition of capture handovers

Cell B

Cell A

Cell C

1

3 1

2

3

During T_INHIBIT_CPT_HO, a capture HO towards cell B is inhibited for this call.

The MS experiences a poor RXQUAL, and a HO due to quality is triggered (causes 2, 4 or 7)

A capture HO to another cell is notpossible during this time

2

QUA

L HO

T_INHIBIT_CPT_HOCP

T HO

CPT H

ORefer to comments for further details

In this example, T_INHIBIT_CPT_HO is started only if either:

Cell A is UPPER or SINGLE and Cell B is LOWER or INDOOR,

or Cell A is LOWER and Cell B is INDOOR,

or Cell A is in a different frequency band than Cell B

Note : The cause 24 between two cells with same frequency band and same layer cannot be inhibited !!

A "handover due to quality" can be :

Cause 2, 4 or 7: ULQ, DLQ or Bad SACCH

OR external HO with A interface cause Uplink Quality or Downlink Quality

Generally the T_INHIBIT_CPT is set to a high value, such as 60s.

Page 178: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 133

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 133

8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Exercise

Input settings for the next slide EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO(0) = ENABLED L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n) = -85 dBm MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION = NOT_LOW

Is cause 21 triggered in each of the following cases ? See next slide

Time allowed:

10 minutes

Page 179: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 134

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 134

8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Exercise [cont.]

HIGHINDLOWINDINDLOWINDINDTraffic(n)

HIGHLOWHIGHINDINDHIGHINDINDTraffic(0)

-80 dBm

1800

Single

-84 dBm

Inner

900

MultibandUpper

Case 5

-80 dBm

900

MultibandUpper

-90 dBm

Outer

900

MultibandUpper

Case 6

-70 dBm

1800

Single

-80 dBm

---

900

Single

Case 7

Cause 21 ?

-70 dBm-80 dBm-86 dBm-80 dBm-84 dBmRx_Lev(n)

18001800180018001800Band

SingleSingleMiniSingleSingleType

Target

-80 dBm-84 dBm-95 dBm-60 dBm-84 dBmRx_Lev(0)

---Outer---------Zone

900900900900900Band

SingleMultiband

SingleSingleMicroSingleType

Source

Case 8Case 4Case 3Case 2Case 1Inputs

Page 180: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 135

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 135

8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks

Exercise [cont.]

In a multiband network, How can you ensure capture will be performed from

900 cell towards 1800 cell, until 80% traffic load is achieved in the 1800 cell ? Parameters ? Settings ?

Once this load is exceeded, What happens ? Will the 1800 cell accept more traffic ? What are the other possibilities of incoming traffic ?

Time allowed:

10 minutes

Page 181: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 136

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 136

9 Multiband Cells

Page 182: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 137

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 137

9 Multiband Cells

Introduction

When changing a cell from "normal" to "concentric", 3 more handovers are available !

Those are only INTRA-CELL handovers Cause 13 : entry in inner zone, from outer zone Causes 10 & 11 : exit to outer zone, from inner zone

Cell A

inner

outer

cause 13

cause 10/11

The activation of causes 10 and 11 is automatic, as soon as a cell type is defined as "CONCENTRIC"

The activation of cause 13 is controlled by EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO.

The parameters HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED and EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED have no impact on those handovers, they are used only for causes 15 & 16 (interference) and 25 & 26 (AMR).

Page 183: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 138

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 138

9 Multiband Cells

Introduction [cont.]

Setting these 3 handover causes is simple1. Work with downlink thresholds first2. Propose an entry treshold, i.e. -75dBm MS enters in the inner zone only if the expected received level in the

inner zone is above -75dBm3. Propose an exit threshold, i.e. -83dBm MS exits the inner zone if the received level is less than -83dBm

Cell A

inner

outer

-75dBm

-83dBm

Page 184: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 139

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 139

9 Multiband Cells

Introduction [cont.]

4. Compute the entry threshold as measured from the outer zone Due to 10dB propagation loss, it should be -65dBm

5. Compute the difference between the entry threshold from outer zone (-65dBm) the exit threshold (-83dBm)

Cell A

inner

outer

-75dBm

-83dBm

-65dBm

18dB

Only these two values are needed in order to tune a concentric cell

Page 185: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 140

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 140

9 Multiband Cells

Cause 10: Low uplink level in inner zone

CAUSE 10: too low level on the uplink in inner zone

Averaging window: A_LEV_HO

AV_RXLEV_UL_HO < RXLEV_UL_ZONE

and MS_TXPWR = min (P, MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)

AV_RXLEV_UL_HO < RXLEV_UL_ZONE

and MS_TXPWR = min (P, MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)

Page 186: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 141

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 141

9 Multiband Cells

Cause 11: Low downlink level in inner zone

CAUSE 11: too low level on the downlink in inner zone

Averaging window: A_LEV_HO

AV_RXLEV_DL_HO < RXLEV_DL_ZONE

and BS_TXPWR = BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER

AV_RXLEV_DL_HO < RXLEV_DL_ZONE

and BS_TXPWR = BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER

Page 187: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 142

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 142

9 Multiband Cells

Cause 13: High UL & DL level in outer zone

CAUSE 13: too high level on the UL and the DL in the outer zone

Averaging windows: A_LEV_HOand A_PBGT_HO (for AV_RXLEV_NCELL_BIS)

AV_RXLEV_DL_HO > RXLEV_DL_ZONE + ZONE_HO_HYST_DL+ (BS_TXPWR - BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)+ PING_PONG_MARGIN(0, call_ref)

And AV_RXLEV_UL_HO > RXLEV_UL_ZONE + ZONE_HO_HYST_UL+ (MS_TXPWR - MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)

+ PING_PONG_MARGIN(0, call_ref)

And AV_RXLEV_NCELL_BIS(n) ≤ NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n)

And EN_CAUSE_13 = ENABLE

AV_RXLEV_DL_HO > RXLEV_DL_ZONE + ZONE_HO_HYST_DL+ (BS_TXPWR - BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)+ PING_PONG_MARGIN(0, call_ref)

And AV_RXLEV_UL_HO > RXLEV_UL_ZONE + ZONE_HO_HYST_UL+ (MS_TXPWR - MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)

+ PING_PONG_MARGIN(0, call_ref)

And AV_RXLEV_NCELL_BIS(n) ≤ NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n)

And EN_CAUSE_13 = ENABLE

Page 188: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 143

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 143

9 Multiband Cells

Cause 13: High UL & DL level in outer zone [cont.]

ZONE_HO_HYST_DL and ZONE_HO_HYST_UL

Differences between "entry threshold" and "exit threshold" They must be greater than the propagation loss, by at least a certain

hysteresis

There are 3dB difference between UL and DL, due to the value "MS_TXPWR - MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER" = 3dB

ZONE_HO_HYST_DL = 12dB … 16dB

ZONE_HO_HYST_UL = 9dB … 13dB

ZONE_HO_HYST_DL = 12dB … 16dB

ZONE_HO_HYST_UL = 9dB … 13dB

Recommended valuesRecommended values

Page 189: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 144

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 144

9 Multiband Cells

Cause 13: High UL & DL level in outer zone [cont.]

PING_PONG_MARGIN(0,call_ref) = penalty of PING_PONG_HCP during T_HCP only if

MS is coming from the inner zone to the outer zone with an interzonehandover

In all other cases, PING_PONG_MARGIN(0,call_ref) = 0

MS in the 1800 inner zone of a cell can perform an emergency "intercell" HO towards the outer zone. In this case, the penalty is not applied.

innerouter

Page 190: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 145

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 145

9 Multiband Cells

Cause 13: High UL & DL level in outer zone [cont.]

NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n) Avoid sending a MS in the inner zone if a neighbour cell is too strong Tuning depends on frequency planning By default, NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n) = -47dBm

When inner zone frequency planning is very tight (i.e. reuse cluster = 3)

In this example, the inner zone of cell C_3 can be interfered locally by the inner zone of cell B_2C_2 by E_3…

Therefore, to avoid degraded situations:NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(C_3, B_2) = -70dBmNEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(C_2, E_3) = -70dBm…

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

Practically, an inner zone reuse cluster between 4 and 7 is more realistc. With a large reuse cluster, this parameter is not useful anymore.

Page 191: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 146

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 146

9 Multiband Cells

Cause 13: High UL & DL level in outer zone [cont.]

EN_CAUSE_13: Traffic Load balancing MS will not be sent in the inner zone if the inner zone is more loaded than

the outer zone Depends on EN_LOAD_BALANCE & current load in each zone

EN_LOAD_BALANCE = ENABLE Outer zone more loaded (Load_sample_inner ≤ Load_sample_outer) EN_CAUSE_13 = ENABLE Inner zone more loaded (Load_sample_inner > Load_sample_outer) EN_CAUSE_13 = DISABLE

EN_LOAD_BALANCE = DISABLE EN_CAUSE_13 = ENABLE

LOAD_SAMPLE_INNER: Ratio of TCH occupancy in the inner zone:

LOAD_SAMPLE_INNER = (NB_USED_TS_INNER / NB_TS_INNER) * 100

LOAD_SAMPLE_OUTER: Ratio of TCH occupancy in the outer zone:

LOAD_SAMPLE_OUTER = (NB_USED_TS_OUTER / NB_TS_OUTER) * 100

A load sample is computed every TCH_INFO_PERDIO (= 5s.), it is an actual snapshot of the load of the cell.

The reactivity of this condition is very fast.

Page 192: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 147

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 147

9 Multiband Cells

Cause 13: High UL & DL level in outer zone [cont.]

RXLEV_UL_ZONE : Uplink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover. From -110dBm to -47dBm. [-86 dBm]

RXLEV_DL_ZONE : Downlink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover. From -110dBm to -47dBm. [-76 dBm]

ZONE_HO_HYST_UL: Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_DL_ZONE for outer to inner zone handover. From -40dB to +40dB. [13 dB]

ZONE_HO_HYS_DL: Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_UL_ZONE for outer to inner zone handover. From -40dB to +40dB. [16 dB]

MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER: MS maximum allowed transmission power in the inner zone of a concentric or multiband cell. From 5dBm to 43dBm. [30 or 33 dB]

BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER) : This parameter defines the power reduction relative to the maximum GMSK output power of the TRX of the inner zone in a concentric or multi-band cell. From -30dB to 0dB. [0dB]

NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n) : Threshold of maximum received level from the neighbour cells for cause 13. From -110dBm to -47dBm. [-47dBm]

RXLEV_UL_ZONE and RXLEV_DL_ZONE are usually separated by 10dB, because (if path balance = 0)

UL_RXLEV = DL_RXLEV – 10dB

ie: MS receives a DL signal at -80dBm => BTS receives an UL signal at -90dBm

Page 193: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 148

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 148

9 Multiband Cells

Call Setup

1. Radio Link Establishment Phase2. SDCCH Phase3. TCH Assignment Phase

In which zone will the TCH be allocated?

The TCH is allocated in the inner zone if : UL and DL RxLev in outer zone are satisfying BSC can allocate a TCH in inner zone MS is multiband

Otherwise, TCH is allocated in the outer zone

INNEROUTER

??

The cell's RXLEV is the one being measured by the MS while performing SDCCH phase and TCH Assignment phase. Therefore, it is measuring only the outer zone RXLEV !!

Page 194: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 149

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 149

9 Multiband Cells

Call Setup [cont.]

The choice of inner or outer TCH is based on :

IF

AV_RXLEV_UL_HO > RXLEV_UL_ZONE + ZONE_HO_HYST_UL+ (MS_TXPWR - MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)

And AV_RXLEV_DL_HO > RXLEV_DL_ZONE + ZONE_HO_HYS_DL+ (BS_TXPWR - BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)

And AV_RXLEV_NCELL_BIS(n) ≤ NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n)

And EN_CAUSE_13 = ENABLE

THEN : The TCH is allocated in the INNER zone

ELSE : The TCH is allocated in the OUTER zone

IF

AV_RXLEV_UL_HO > RXLEV_UL_ZONE + ZONE_HO_HYST_UL+ (MS_TXPWR - MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)

And AV_RXLEV_DL_HO > RXLEV_DL_ZONE + ZONE_HO_HYS_DL+ (BS_TXPWR - BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)

And AV_RXLEV_NCELL_BIS(n) ≤ NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n)

And EN_CAUSE_13 = ENABLE

THEN : The TCH is allocated in the INNER zone

ELSE : The TCH is allocated in the OUTER zone

MS_TXPWR - MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER = 33 – 30 = 3dB

To take into account the limitation of MS POWER at 30dBm in UL in the inner zone.

Averaging Windows : A_LEV_HO for AV_RXLEV_UL_HO , AV_RXLEV_DL_HO

A_PBGT_HO(n) for AV_RXLEV_NCELL_BIS(n)

If less measurements done than the averaging windows, the averaging is done on the available measurements (no filling up with "-110dBm"). It allows a fast decision (the MS is not in the queue ! The call setup shall be performed as quickly as possible)

Page 195: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 150

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 150

9 Multiband Cells

Outgoing intercell HO

What are the possible outgoing handovers from the inner zone ? Emergency ? Better conditions ?

Only 2 parameters have an influence EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO(0)

innerouter

GSM900

DCS1800

serving cell innerouter

YESYES

EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO : Enable/disable the power budget handovers Cause 12 and the traffic handovers Cause 23 between cells belonging to different frequency bands

Recommended value: Enable

EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) : Enables/disables the incoming handovers of bi-band MSs from the preferred-band into a classical band cell, in cause 14 and cause 24

Recommended value: Enable

From inner zone of a multiband cell, if both parameters are set to enable, all outgoing HO's are possible

If EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = Disable, cause 12 only possible to other multiband concentric cells (very restrictive !)

If EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) = Disable, cause 14 and cause 24 only possible towards cells with same frequency band asthe inner zone (i.e. DCS1800 cells)

Page 196: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 151

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 151

9 Multiband Cells

HO Cause 12

If the MS in inner zone of a concentric cell, the PBGT equation is modified :

PBGT(n) = AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) - AV_RXLEV_PBGT_HO

- (BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER – AV_BS_TXPWR_HO)

- (MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) – MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)

- PING_PONG_MARGIN(n, call_ref)

PBGT(n) = AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) - AV_RXLEV_PBGT_HO

- (BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER – AV_BS_TXPWR_HO)

- (MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) – MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)

- PING_PONG_MARGIN(n, call_ref)

9001800 900 1800Cell 1 Cell 2

RxLev on TCH = -79dBm RxLev of BCCH = -70dBm

The parameter HO_MARGIN(cell 1, cell 2) is set to 5 dB

If RxLev(cell 2) = -70 dBm, PBGT(cell 2) = +6 dB

Cause 12 is triggered, the MS is sent in the outer zone of cell 2, with RxLev(cell 2) = -70 dBm.Let's assume that the "outerinner" HO is triggered: the MS enters the inner zone of cell 2.

The received level of cell 1 is NOT -79 dBm (this was the level of the inner TCH).

Field results show that a 900 BCCH will be received roughly at -79+10=-69 dBm.

The received level of cell 2 is NOT -70dBm (that was the RXLEV of the outer zone). In the inner zone, the RXLEV = -70dBm – 10dBm = -80dBm.

PBGT(cell 1) = (-69+80)-3 = +8dB PBGT HO is triggered from cell 2 to cell 1!!

In fact, cause 12 HO cell 1 cell 2 should NOT have been triggered in the first place.

A solution is to be found in tuning OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER used in cause 12 equation. See next slide.

Page 197: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 152

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 152

9 Multiband Cells

HO Cause 12 [cont.]

What is happening in this situation ? How to fix the problem ?

HO_MARGIN(1,2) = 5dB and HO_MARGIN(2,1) = 5dB OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER= 0dB Inner zone entry threshold DL = -70dBm

9001800 900 1800Cell 1Serving

Cell 2Target

RxLev on TCH = -75 dBm RxLev of BCCH = -66 dBm

10 minutes

Inner zone entry threshold DL is a combination of 2 parameters :

RXLEV_DL_ZONE + ZONE_HO_HYST_DL

(cf. § HO cause 13)

To fix the problem : find the OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER that would lead to leave the inner zone only for a neighbour that is 5dB greater than the outer zone. This tends to reproduce a standard behaviour.

Page 198: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 153

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 153

9 Multiband Cells

HO Cause 12 [cont.]

If the MS in inner zone of a concentric cell :

HO cause 12 is detected if :

OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER is used to compensate the difference of propagation between inner and outer zones (carrying BCCH)OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER = 0dB [monoband concentric cell]OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER = 7 … 12dB [multiband concentric cell, with

BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER = 0]

Warning : The OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER is used regardless of the frequency band of the target cell !

PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN(0,n) + OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNERPBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN(0,n) + OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER

In monoband CC cells, it is most of the time compensated by MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER

If BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER is reduced compared to BS_TXPWR_MAX, MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER may be reduced in the same manner. Therefore the PBGT equation is already taken the compensation into account. No need for the OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER.

Page 199: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 154

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 154

9 Multiband Cells

Incoming intercell HO

Is an incoming handover directly to the inner zone possible ? Emergency ? Better conditions ?

innerouter

GSM900

DCS1800

target cellinner

outer

YESYES

EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO : Enable/disable the power budget handovers Cause 12 and the traffic handovers Cause 23 between cells belonging to different frequency bands

EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) : Enables/disables the incoming handovers of bi-band MSs from the preferred-band into a classical band cell, in cause 14 and cause 24

Towards inner zone of a multiband cell, if both parameters are set to enable, all incoming HO's are possible

If EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = Disable, cause 12 only possible from other multiband concentric cells or from cells with same BCCH freq band as the MB cell (i.e. GSM900)

If EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) = Disable, cause 14 and cause 24 only possible from cells with different BCCH freq band as the MB cell (i.e. DCS1800)

Page 200: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 155

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 155

9 Multiband Cells

Incoming intercell HO [cont.]

It can be done if TCH available in the inner zone MS is dual-band Serving cell is internal (same BSC) The following conditions are verified:

AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) > RXLEV_DL_ZONE + ZONE_HO_HYST_DL + (BS_TXPWR - BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)

And EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO = ENABLE

And EN_CAUSE_13 = ENABLE

AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) > RXLEV_DL_ZONE + ZONE_HO_HYST_DL + (BS_TXPWR - BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)

And EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO = ENABLE

And EN_CAUSE_13 = ENABLE

Page 201: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 156

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 156

9 Multiband Cells

Intracell Handovers

Interference: Causes 15 & 16 MS in the inner zone, all TRX's are candidate MS in the outer zone, only outer TRX's are candidate Note: the serving TRX can never be a candidate

For other intracell handovers, the MS will stay in the same zone as before (TFO, AMR, return to CS zone)

Page 202: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 157

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 157

9 Multiband Cells

Limitations

Power Control Same target levels are used for the inner zone and the outer zone, based on:

L_RXLEV_DL_P & U_RXLEV_DL_P (resp. UL) L_RXQUAL_DL_P & U_RXQUAL_DL_P (resp. UL) A_LEV_PC, A_QUAL_PC

Packet Switched service and Voice Group Call service PDCH or VGCH timeslots can be allocated only in the outer zone

Preemption of a MS in the inner zone is not possible

External handovers are always sent in the outer zone of the target cell

Page 203: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 158

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 158

9 Multiband Cells

Additional Features

Multiband cell secured TCH assignment [B8 MR7] Subsequent TCH allocation in outer zone, if previous attempt in the inner

zone failed Improved CSSR (TCH assignment failure due to radio is reduced)

EN_LOAD_OUTER ENABLE [default]: all load computations (short, medium and long terms) are

based on the outer zone load only DISABLE: all load computations are based on the overall amount of timeslots

(inner + outer) Default: Enable, in order to compute the correct load for (E)GPRS PDCH

allocation

Subsequent allocation of outer TCH is failure during assignment of an inner zone TCH :

RTCH_assign_fail_radio = MC746b 1/ incremented when a failure in inner zone isfollowed by subsequent failure in outer zone2/ not incremented when failure in inner zone is followed by success in outer zone

Page 204: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 159

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 159

Cumulated traffic per RxLevel

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

90%

100%

[-110,-104]

]-104,-97] ]-97,-91] ]-91,-85] ]-85,-79] ]-79,-72] ]-72,-66] ]-66,-60] ]-60,-53] ]-53,-47]

RxLevel ( dBm )

Cumulated trafficdistribution

9 Multiband Cells

Exercise

Accordingly to this RMS report (monoband cell), find the initial settings for the planned urban multiband cell 3 TRX in outer zone 2 TRX in inner zone

-67dBm

OUTER

INNER

Cumulated traffic per RxLevel

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

90%

100%

[-110,-104]

]-104,-97] ]-97,-91] ]-91,-85] ]-85,-79] ]-79,-72] ]-72,-66] ]-66,-60] ]-60,-53] ]-53,-47]

RxLevel ( dBm )

Cumulated trafficdistribution

Additional inputs : In our urban environment, for 5 TRX, 4 SDCCH timeslots are needed.

The Erlang B law gives, at 2% blocking rate:

22 TCH ≈ 14.9 erlangs

21 TCH ≈ 14.0 erlangs

20 TCH ≈ 13.2 erlangs

19 TCH ≈ 12.3 erlangs

18 TCH ≈ 11.5 erlangs

17 TCH ≈ 10.6 erlangs

16 TCH ≈ 9.8 erlangs

15 TCH ≈ 9.0 erlangs

14 TCH ≈ 8.2 erlangs

Page 205: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 160

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 160

9 Multiband Cells

Exercise [cont.]

Multi-band cells parameters tuning

An important parameter to be tuned in a multi-band cell is OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER Takes into account the propagation difference between 900 and 1800 Proposed values between 7dB to 12dB

Using all available optimization tools (RNO, drive-tests, traces, …), propose a method for tuning accurately this parameter

9001800

Page 206: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 161

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 161

10 Candidate Cell Evaluation

Page 207: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 162

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 162

As soon as an intercell HO alarm has been detected

HO Detection sends to Candidate Cell Evaluation the list of potential candidates (it depends on type of handover cause)

the HO cause value

the preferred layer for the target cell indicated by the variable PREF_LAYER (it depends on the cell network architecture and on the operator strategy)

10 Candidate Cell Evaluation

From HO Detection to Candidate Cell Evaluation

CandidateCell

Evaluation

Handover

Detection

Raw cell list

cell 1: cause C1cell 2: cause C2cell 3: cause C3…

Max 32 cells

PREF_LAYER

BSCBSC

For intracell handovers, the only target cell is the serving cell the raw cell list and the candidate cell evaluation processes are skipped.

Page 208: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 163

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 163

10 Candidate Cell Evaluation

Raw Cell List and PREF_LAYER

Standard cell environment

CELL_LAYER_TYPE = SINGLE

Better condition HO cause

Emergency HO cause

* if the MS is in the DCS 1800 inner zone of a multi-band cell then it includes the serving cell

upper + singlePREF_LAYER

subset of cells verifying the current HO causeRaw cell list

upper + singlePREF_LAYER

all neighboring cells*Raw cell list

*: Serving cell is located at the end of the list, with the indication "OUTER"

Page 209: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 164

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 164

10 Candidate Cell Evaluation

Raw Cell List and PREF_LAYER [cont.]

Hierarchical cell environment

CELL_LAYER_TYPE = UPPER

Better condition HO cause

Emergency HO cause

* if the MS is in the DCS 1800 inner zone of a multi-band cell then it includes the serving cell

nonePREF_LAYER

subset of cells verifying the current HO causeRaw cell list

upper + singlePREF_LAYER

all neighboring cells*Raw cell list

*: Serving cell is located at the end of the list, with the indication "OUTER"

Page 210: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 165

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 165

10 Candidate Cell Evaluation

Raw Cell List and PREF_LAYER [cont.]

CELL_LAYER_TYPE = LOWER or INDOOR

Better condition HO cause

Emergency HO cause

* if the MS is in the DCS 1800 inner zone of a multi-band cell then it includes the serving cell

noneUpperPREF_LAYER

Subset of cells verifying the HO cause

Subset of cells verifying the HO cause plus all neighboring umbrella cells with Traffic_Load(n) = LOWRaw cell list

MS_SPEED <> FAST orHO Cause <> 12

MS_SPEED = FAST andThere is a cell in the list because of cause 12

noneLower + indoorUpper + SinglePREF_LAYER

All neighboring cells * except umbrella cells which do not verify AV_Rxlev_Ncell(n) > OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n)Raw cell list

EN_RESCUE_UM = indefiniteEN_RESCUE_UM = DISABLEDEN_RESCUE_UM = ENABLED

*: Serving cell is located at the end of the list, with the indication "OUTER"

Page 211: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 166

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 166

10 Candidate Cell Evaluation

Raw Cell List and PREF_LAYER [cont.]

Emergency handovers from lower or indoor layers

Standard parameter settings for minicells EN_RESCUE_UM = DISABLED Because a LOWER/INDOOR layer composed of MINI cells should offer good

coverage

Standard parameter settings for microcells EN_RESCUE_UM = ENABLED Because a LOWER/INDOOR layer composed of MICRO cells might not offer

continuous coverage Risk of choosing a neighbor cell from LOWER/INDOOR layer with poor coverage

Depending on your network planning, these standard parameters can be further optimized.

EN_RESCUE_UM shall be set in the mini, micro or indoor cells. It cannot be set in umbrellas or single cells, because it has no use in those cells.

Page 212: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 167

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 167

10 Candidate Cell Evaluation

Summary

Fill up this table

IndoorIndoor

Nonesubset of cells verifying the HO causes

Depends on EN_RESCUE_UM

All, except umbrellas with AV_Rxlev_Ncell(n) <

OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n)

LowerMini/Micro

Nonesubset of cells verifying the HO causes

Upper + SingleAllUpperUmbrella

Upper + Singlesubset of cells verifying the HO causes

Upper + SingleAllSingleSingle

PREF_LAYERRaw cell listPREF_LAYERRaw cell list

BC HO(incl. FDR and Fast Traffic HO)

EM HO

Page 213: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 168

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 168

HO Candidate Cells Evaluation

10 Candidate Cell Evaluation

Evaluation Process

HO Detection

Cause 2: uplink qualityCause 3: uplink levelCause 4: downlink qualityCause 5: downlink levelCause 6: distanceCause 12: power budget

Performed every SACCH

MeasurementPreprocessing

A_LEV_HOA_QUAL_HOA_PBGT_HOA_RANGE_HO

Performed every SACCH

Maxevery SACCH

Preprocessmeasurement

Measurementresult

Grade

Priority (0, n) = 0Cell 4: cause C2Cell 2: cause C2Cell 3: cause C2

Priority (0, n) = 1Priority (0, n) = 2Priority (0, n) = 3

Cell 6: cause C2Cell 8: cause C2

Priority (0, n) = 4Priority (0, n) = 5

Order

Priority (0, n) = 0Cell 4: cause C2Cell 3: cause C2Cell 2: cause C2

Priority (0, n) = 1Priority (0, n) = 2Priority (0, n) = 3

Cell 6: cause C2Cell 8: cause C2

Priority (0, n) = 4Priority (0, n) = 5

Cell evaluation process (Order or Grade)

Priority (0, n) = 0Cell 2: cause C2Cell 3: cause C2Cell 4: cause C2

Priority (0, n) = 1Priority (0, n) = 2Priority (0, n) = 3

Cell 6: cause C2Cell 8: cause C2

Priority (0, n) = 4Priority (0, n) = 5

PBGT filteringHO_MARGIN_XX(0,n)

Pre-ranking

Priority (0, n) = 0Cell 2: cause C2Cell 3: cause C2Cell 4: cause C2

Priority (0, n) = 1Cell 1: cause C2

Priority (0, n) = 2Priority (0, n) = 3

Cell 5: cause C2Cell 6: cause C2Cell 7: cause C2Cell 8: cause C2

Priority (0, n) = 4Priority (0, n) = 5

Raw cell list

Cell 1: cause C2Cell 2: cause C2Cell 3: cause C2Cell 4: cause C2Cell 5: cause C2Cell 6: cause C2Cell 7: cause C2Cell 8: cause C2... max 32 cells

The HO candidate evaluation process is run after all intercell handover alarms.

In case of intra-cell handover alarm (HO causes 10, 11, 13, 15, 16), the candidate cell evaluation process is skipped: the target cell is the serving cell.

The handover detection gives as indication the raw cell list (built from the book-keeping list) and the preferred layer for the handover.In case of emergency handover alarms or cause 20 alarm, the cell evaluation will order the cells given in the raw list, putting in the first position the cells belonging to the preferred layer, having the highest priority (if EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING=ENABLED) and/or having the same frequency band type as the serving cell. In case of an intercell handover alarm, if the serving cell belongs to the raw cell list (emergency handover from the DCS 1800 inner zone of a multi-band cell), this cell is put at the end of the candidate cell list with the MS zone indication OUTER.

In case of better condition handover alarms (except cause 20), the cell evaluation will order the cells given in the raw list, putting in the first position the cells belonging to the preferred layer and having the highest priority (if EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING=ENABLED).

Page 214: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 169

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 169

10 Candidate Cell Evaluation

Evaluation Process [cont.]

Raw cell list

Cell 1Cell 2Cell 3Cell 4Cell 5Cell 6Cell 7Cell 8

Case of MS in "MINI" cell, HO cause 2 detected :Layer Type Priority Band Type Power Budget Filtering Cell Evaluation Process

Preferred Layer

Non Preferred Layer

Priority(0,n) = 0

= Serving Cell

≠ Serving Cell

Priority(0,n) = 1

= Serving Cell

≠ Serving Cell

Priority(0,n) = 0

= Serving Cell

≠ Serving Cell

List 1

List 2

List 3

List 4

List 5

List 6

List 1

List 2

List 3

List 4

List 5

List 6

Cell 1Cell 2Cell 3Cell 4Cell 5Cell 6Cell 7Cell 8

Cell 1

Cell 4Cell 5Cell 6

Cell 7Cell 1

Cell 4Cell 5Cell 6Cell 7

Cell 2Cell 3

Cell 8

Cell 4Cell 5Cell 7

Cell 1Cell 6

Cell 2Cell 3

Cell 8

NONE

Cell 4Cell 5Cell 7

Cell 1

Cell 6

Cell 2

Cell 3Cell 8

Cell 1

Cell 4Cell 5Cell 7

1. Cell 1

1. Cell 72. Cell 43. Cell 5

Page 215: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 170

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 170

10 Candidate Cell Evaluation

Pre-Ranking in Complex Networks [cont.]

Pre-ranking in case of emergency HO, plus cause 20 and 28 :

Cell_layer_type = Pref_layer

Cell_layer_type Pref_layer

Raw cell list

Cell_band_type = serving cell

Cell_band_type serving cell

Priority(0,n) = 0

Priority(0,n) = 1

Priority(0,n) = 5

Priority(0,n) = 0

Priority(0,n) = 1

Priority(0,n) = 5

Cause 20 : Forced Directed Retry

Cause 28 : Fast Traffic Handover

Note : if the serving cell "Outer" is in the list (= MS in inner zone), then it is always located after the last sublist.

Page 216: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 171

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 171

10 Candidate Cell Evaluation

Pre-Ranking in Complex Networks [cont.]

Pre-ranking in case of better condition HO:

Cell_layer_type = Pref_layer

Cell_layer_type Pref_layer

Raw cell list

Priority(0,n) = 0

Priority(0,n) = 1

Priority(0,n) = 5

Priority(0,n) = 0

Priority(0,n) = 1

Priority(0,n) = 5

Page 217: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 172

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 172

10 Candidate Cell Evaluation

Pre-Ranking in Standard Networks

With PRIORITY(0,n) settings One target cell can be favourized or penalized. From 0 (max) to 5 (min). It cannot supersede PREF_LAYER.

Two main purposes: Favour 1800 cells, when exiting 900 cells. Direct traffic flow towards a certain neighbour.

Safety belt: Favourite target would still be filtered out if its level is not good enough.

Serving cellCandidate cell 1: RxLev: - 70 dBm, pbgt: + 10 dB

Candidate cell 2: Rxlev: - 90 dBm, PBGT: + 5dB

P0

P1

PRIORITY(0,n) can take 6 different values since B7, to take into account new indoor layers.

Page 218: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 173

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 173

10 Candidate Cell Evaluation

PBGT Filtering

PBGT filtering [B5 onwards] Enabled with EN_PBGT_FILTERING For Emergency HO and Fast Traffic HO only Filter out cells from the target list that do not fulfill:

OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER is only applied when the MS is in the inner zone of a concentric or multi band cell

The average window is A_PBGT_HO

PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN_QUAL (0,n) for causes 2, 4, 7or PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN_LEV (0,n) for causes 3, 5, 17, 18, 28or PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN_DIST (0,n) for cause 6

PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN_QUAL (0,n) for causes 2, 4, 7or PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN_LEV (0,n) for causes 3, 5, 17, 18, 28or PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN_DIST (0,n) for cause 6

PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN_XX (0,n) + OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNERPBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN_XX (0,n) + OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER

HO_MARGIN_xx, with xx = LEV, DIST or QUAL accordingly to the HO Cause.

OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER is not applied to the serving cell when it is in the target cell list.

Note: the average window used for this process is A_PBGT_HO (even for emergency handovers, where handover alarm could have been raised through A_LEV_HO or A_QUAL_HO samples).

Beware: HO_MARGIN is used for handover detection (cause 12 or 23), HO_MARGIN_xx are used for candidate cell evaluation.

Let us see three examples:

If HO_MARGIN_xx = 5 dB, risk that no target cell is found !

In that case, when an emergency handover is triggered (level, quality, distance, etc.), all neighboring cells are filtered regarding their PBGT compared to 5 dB! By the way, if a cell that is not greater than the serving one + 5 dB will be filtered out: this handover, detected as an emergency case, is in fact a better cell one.

If HO_MARGIN_xx = -30 dB, risk of ping-pong emergency handovers

For example, all cells have L_RXLEV_DL_H = -97dBm. If Lev(cell1)=-98dBm, HO can be triggered to cell2 with level -99dBm (-99>-98-30), and then, as -99<-97, HO is triggered back to cell1: ping-pong of emergency HO.

HO_MARGIN_xx can be used to simulate PBGT HO (for example, usage of distance HO to simulate 900-1800 PBGT HO before it was existing).

HO_MARGIN_DIST is very small (e.g., 2 on 1800). Thus, a Distance HO alarm is raised very early. If HO_MARGIN_DIST (1800,900)= 8 dB, no HO will be in fact triggered before the level of the 900 neighboring cell is greater than the one of

1800 + 8 dB: this distance HO is in fact a PBGT HO between bands.

Page 219: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 174

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 174

10 Candidate Cell Evaluation

PBGT Filtering [cont.]

Recommended values

A neighbor cell with a lower RxLevcan be a good candidate, but there is a risk of PBGT HO back to the serving

cell.

A neighbor cell with a lower RxLevwill also trigger an emergency HO

A neighbor cell with a lower RxLevcan be a good candidate, but there is a risk of PBGT HO back to the serving

cell.

Strategy

-127dB if mandatory HO, with anti ping-pong mechanism (*) +2dB if optional HO (*)

+2dB … +5dB

MICRO/INDOOR : -127dB, with anti ping-pong mechanism Other cells : -5dB … +2dB

Proposed values

HO_MARGIN_DIST

HO_MARGIN_QUAL

HO_MARGIN_LEV

Parameter

Mandatory Distance HO : i.e. if the MS goes beyond the U_TIME_ADVANCE = 64, the call will drop.

Optional Distance HO : i.e. if the MS goes beyond the U_TIME_ADVANCE, the call can still be kept until a better neighbour is found.

Anti ping-pong mechanism : can be based on HO_MARGIN and/or T_INHIBIT_CPT.

Page 220: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 175

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 175

10 Candidate Cell Evaluation

Level Filtering

For all HO causes, this last filter is used:

Cell "n" is kept if:

AV_RXLEV_NCELL (n) > RXLEVmin (n)+ max [0;(MS_TXPWR_MAX(n)-P)]

AV_RXLEV_NCELL (n) > RXLEVmin (n)+ max [0;(MS_TXPWR_MAX(n)-P)]

Page 221: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 176

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 176

10 Candidate Cell Evaluation

Order Evaluation

CELL_EV = ORDER For all HO causes, candidate "n" is ranked among others according to

the best ORDER:

If EN_LOAD_ORDER = ENABLED and cell n is internal to the BSC

LINK_FACTOR(0,n) is an operator parameter to give a bonus/penalty to a cell FREEfactor(0) and FREEfactor(n) are a bonus/penalty based on the absolute load

of the cell

If EN_LOAD_ORDER = DISABLED or cell n is external to the BSC

ORDER(n) = PBGT(n) + LINK_FACTOR(0,n) - HO_MARGIN_XX(0,n)ORDER(n) = PBGT(n) + LINK_FACTOR(0,n) - HO_MARGIN_XX(0,n)

ORDER(n) = PBGT(n) + LINK_FACTOR(0,n) - HO_MARGIN_XX(0,n)+ [ FREEfactor(n) - FREEfactor(0) ]

ORDER(n) = PBGT(n) + LINK_FACTOR(0,n) - HO_MARGIN_XX(0,n)+ [ FREEfactor(n) - FREEfactor(0) ]

Two types of cell evaluation algorithms can be used: ORDER and GRADE.ORDER and GRADE are two different methods of cell ranking. They both consist in giving a mark or ’figure of merit’ to each candidate cell.The basic differences between ORDER and GRADE are that: with ORDER:

The candidate cell evaluation process interacts with the handover detection by use of cause dependent handover margins.

The candidate cell evaluation process takes into account the number of free TCH in the candidate cells. with GRADE,:

The candidate cell evaluation process does not interact with the handover detection. The candidate cell evaluation process takes into account the relative load of traffic channels in the

candidate cells.The type of cell evaluation is chosen by the operator on a (serving) cell basis and is provided to the BSC with the parameter CELL_EV

HO_MARGIN_XX = HO_MARGIN in case of better cell HO causes, otherwise HO_MARGIN_xx, with xx = LEV, DIST or QUAL accordingly to the HO Cause.

For any handover cause, the first cell in the list is taken as the target cell, i.e. the cell with the highest value of ORDER(n). The cells do not need to fulfil any other condition.If no cell fulfils the condition and the serving cell does not belong to the target cell list, the target cell list is empty and no further action is carried out.

Note: the A_PBGT_HO average window is used for this process.

Page 222: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 177

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 177

10 Candidate Cell Evaluation

Grade Evaluation

CELL_EV = GRADE [Recommended] For all HO causes, candidate "n" is ranked among others according to

the best GRADE:

If EN_LOAD_ORDER = ENABLED and cell n is internal to the BSC

LINK_FACTOR(0,n) is an operator parameter to give a bonus/penalty to a cell LOADfactor(n) is a bonus/penalty based on the relative load of the cell

If EN_LOAD_ORDER = DISABLED or cell n is external to the BSC

GRADE(n) = PBGT(n) + LINK_FACTOR(0,n)GRADE(n) = PBGT(n) + LINK_FACTOR(0,n)

GRADE(n) = PBGT(n) + LINK_FACTOR(0,n) – LOAD_FACTOR(n)GRADE(n) = PBGT(n) + LINK_FACTOR(0,n) – LOAD_FACTOR(n)

LINKfactor(0,n) is a parameter set by OMC command for each cell(n).

LINKfactor(n1,n2) allows the operator to handicap or to favor the cell n1 with respect to its neighboring cell n2. In particular, it can be used to disadvantage an external cell when an internal cell is also a possible candidate.

For any handover cause the first cell in the list is taken as the target cell, i.e. the cell with the highest value of GRADE(n). If no cell fulfils the condition and the serving cell does not belong to the target cell list, the target cell list is empty and no further action is carried out.

Note: the A_PBGT_HO average window is used for this process.

Note: an example summarizing all steps of candidate cell evaluation, in case of a multi-band network, can be given here: MS on a 1800 cell, 3 possible neighboring cells (1*900 + 2*1800). P(1800,900)=1 and P(1800,1800)=0. All HO_MARGIN_xx = 0 dB. PBGT:

PBGT (900) = +5 (second cell seen in the book-keeping list)

PBGT (1800_1) = -2 (first cell seen in the book-keeping list)

PBGT (1800_2) = +2 (third cell seen in the book-keeping list)

Cell (1800_2) is chosen.

Page 223: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 178

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 178

10 Candidate Cell Evaluation

Forced Directed Retry is different !

Pre-ranking using PREF_LAYER, PRIORITY(0,n), frequency band

Filtering process AV_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) > RXLEVmin(n) + max(0,MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) - P)

Number of free TCHs t(n) > FREElevel_DR(n)

The remaining cells are sorted according to their PBGT_DR(n) (averaging window A_PBGT_DR) PBGT_DR(n) = AV_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) - AV_RXLEV_PBGT_DR

(BS_TXPWR_MAX - BS_TXPWR)

(MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) - MS_TXPWR_MAX)

For external cells, t(n) is fixed to the arbitrary value t(n) = 255. Therefore, setting FREElevel_DR(n) to 255 for an external cell inhibits outgoing external fast traffic handover towards this cell. Setting FREElevel_DR(n) to anyother value will allow outgoing external fast traffic handover towards this cell.

If the BTS has dual rate capability, t(n) = absolute number of free Dual Rate TCH

Page 224: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 179

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 179

PBGT DR Ordering

PBGT Filtering

Level Filtering

Order/Grade Evaluation

Free TS filtering

Same Freq Band

Priority

PREF_LAYER

FTHFDRBC HOEM HO

PBGT DR Ordering

PBGT Filtering

Level Filtering

Order/Grade Evaluation

Free TS filtering

Same Freq Band

Priority

PREF_LAYER

FTHFDRBC HOEM HO

10 Candidate Cell Evaluation

Summary

Fill up this table

Page 225: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 180

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 180

In a hierarchical network (umbrella + micro cells) EN_SPEED_DISC is ENABLED A slow moving MS starts a call in lower layer After a while, this MS becomes a fast moving MS (for

example, a car starting at traffic light)

Explain the exact process that will send the MS towards the umbrella layer

Time allowed:

5 minutes

10 Candidate Cell Evaluation

Exercise

Page 226: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 181

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 181

Which is the best target cell? Emergency qual ho triggered in serving cell HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n) = -2 dB PRORITY(0,n) = 1 LINK_FACTOR(0,n) = 0 dB

Time allowed:

5 minutes

10 Candidate Cell Evaluation

Exercise [cont.]

1800900900Band

SlowMS speed

Best Target ?

-84 dBm-80 dBm-74 dBmRx_Lev(n)

DisabledEnabledDisabledEN_BI-BAND_MS

Single (3)Umbrella (2)Single (1)Type

Possible Target

-82 dBmRx_Lev(0)

YesEN_SPEED_DISC

1800Band

SingleType

Source

EN_LOAD_ORDER = Disabled.

EN_PBGT_FILTERING = Enabled.

RXLEVmin= -100 dBm.

Page 227: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 182

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 182

Which is the best target cell? Emergency qual ho triggered in serving cell HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n) = -2 dB PRORITY(0,n) = 1, LINK_FACTOR(0,n) = 0 dB

Time allowed:

5 minutes

10 Candidate Cell Evaluation

Exercise [cont.]

-82 dBm

Disabled

1800

Single (3)

-75 dBm

Disabled

900

Micro (4)

-85 dBm

Disabled

1800

Micro (5)

900900900Band

SlowMS speed

Best Target ?

-80 dBm-80 dBm-74 dBmRx_Lev(n)

EnabledEnabledDisabledEN_BI-BAND_MS

Indoor (6)Umbrella (2)Single (1)Type

Possible Target

-76 dBmRx_Lev(0)

YesEN_SPEED_DISC

900Band

UmbrellaType

Source

EN_LOAD_ORDER = Disabled.

EN_PBGT_FILTERING = Enabled.

RXLEVmin= -100 dBm.

Page 228: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 183

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 183

Which is the best target cell? Emergency qual ho triggered in serving cell HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n) = -2 dB PRORITY(0,n) = 1, LINK_FACTOR(0,n) = 0 dB EN_RESCUE_UM = Enabled

Time allowed:

5 minutes

10 Candidate Cell Evaluation

Exercise [cont.]

-82 dBm

Disabled

1800

Single (3)

-75 dBm

Disabled

900

Micro (4)

-85 dBm

Disabled

1800

Micro (5)

900900900Band

SlowMS speed

Best Target ?

-80 dBm-80 dBm-84 dBmRx_Lev(n)

EnabledEnabledDisabledEN_BI-BAND_MS

Indoor (6)Umbrella (2)Single (1)Type

Possible Target

-68 dBmRx_Lev(0)

NoEN_SPEED_DISC

900Band

MicroType

Source

EN_LOAD_ORDER = Disabled.

EN_PBGT_FILTERING = Enabled.

RXLEVmin= -100 dBm.

Page 229: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 184

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 184

Which is the best target cell? Emergency qual ho triggered in serving cell EN_PBGT_FILTERING=Enable HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n)=-2dB CELL_EV=GRADE EN_LOAD_ORDER=Disable LINK_FACTOR(0,n)=0dB RXLEVmin=-100 dBm

-84 dBm

0

1800

Single (3)

-101 dBm

0

1800

Single (4)

1800900900Band

Best Target ?

-81 dBm-80 dBm-74 dBmRx_Lev(n)

000PRIORITY

Single (5)Umbrella(2)Single (1)Type

Possible Target

-82 dBmRx_Lev(0)

1800Band

SingleType

Source

10 minutes

10 Candidate Cell Evaluation

Exercise [cont.]

Page 230: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 185

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 185

Which is the best target cell? Emergency qual ho triggered in serving cell EN_PBGT_FILTERING=Enable HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n)=-2dB CELL_EV=GRADE EN_LOAD_ORDER=Disable LINK_FACTOR(0,n)=0dB RXLEVmin=-100 dBm

10 minutes

-84 dBm

1

1800

Single (3)

-101 dBm

1

1800

Single (4)

1800900900Band

Best Target ?

-81 dBm-80 dBm-74 dBmRx_Lev(n)

100PRIORITY

Single (5)Umbrella(2)Single (1)Type

Possible Target

-82 dBmRx_Lev(0)

1800Band

SingleType

Source

10 Candidate Cell Evaluation

Exercise [cont.]

Page 231: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 186

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 186

Which is the best target cell? Emergency qual ho triggered in serving cell EN_PBGT_FILTERING=Enable HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n)=-2dB CELL_EV=GRADE EN_LOAD_ORDER=Disable LINK_FACTOR(0,n)=0dB RXLEVmin=-100 dBm OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER = 10 dB

10 minutes

900Band

-84 dBm

0

1800

Single (3)

-101 dBm

0

1800

Single (4)

1800900900Band

Best Target ?

-81 dBm-80 dBm-74 dBmRx_Lev(n)

000PRIORITY

Single (5)Umbrella(2)Single (1)Type

Possible Target

-82 dBmRx_Lev(0)

InnerZone

Single MultibandType

Source

10 Candidate Cell Evaluation

Exercise [cont.]

Page 232: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 187

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 187

10 Candidate Cell Evaluation

Exercise [cont.]

If a call is setup, what will happen next ? What changes can you propose ?

B : Single cell 900

HO_MARGIN(B,A) = 5dB

A : Concentric cell 900 (monoband)

BS_TXPWR_MAX = 0dB

BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER = -10dB

MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER = 33dBm

RXLEV_DL_ZONE = - 85dBm

ZONE_HO_HYST_DL/UL = 6dB

RXLEV_UL_ZONE = - 95dBm

HO_MARGIN(A,B) = 5dB

OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER = 0dB

EN_LOAD_BALANCE = Enable

-- IDLE mode --RxLev(A) = -61dBm C2 = 39RxLev(B) = -65dBm C2 = 35

A

B13/19

8/16

used_ts / nb_ts

Describe the different possible steps, and refer to pages of this document describing the algorithms :

-------- At call setup ------------

SDCCH allocation, TCH allocation

-------- After call setup ------------

HO detection

** problem **

solution :

alternative solution :

Page 233: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 188

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 188

Self-Assessment on the Objectives

Please be reminded to fill in the formSelf-Assessment on the Objectivesfor this module

The form can be found in the first partof this course documentation

Page 234: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 189

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 189

End of ModuleAlgorithms and Associated Parameters

Page 235: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 1

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007GSM · BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Module 3Creating a Multi-Layer Network

3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

Section 1Multiband-Multilayer Optimization

Page 236: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 2

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 2

Blank Page

This page is left blank intentionally

First editionLast name, first nameYYYY-MM-DD01

RemarksAuthorDateEdition

Document History

Page 237: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 3

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 3

Objectives

Define relevant parameters settings to introduce a new layer in an existing network

Page 238: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 4

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 4

Objectives [cont.]

This page is left blank intentionally

Page 239: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 5

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 5

Table of Contents

Switch to notes view! Page

1 Adding a Microcellular Layer 72 Adding Hot Spot Microcell for Traffic 263 Adding Indoor Microcells for Coverage 304 Monitoring QoS in a Multi-Layer Network 32

Page 240: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 6

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 6

Table of Contents [cont.]

Switch to notes view!

This page is left blank intentionally

Page 241: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 7

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 7

1 Adding a Microcellular Layer

Page 242: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 8

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 8

1 Adding a Microcellular Layer

Introduction

The principle is to implement antennas below roof level confined propagation and low Tx power interferences avoidedeasier frequency planning

Benefits : Higher network capacity per sq. km The right capacity at the right place (Airport, shoping malls, etc.) Improve the outdoor coverage and the indoor coverage (at street level) Improve the voice quality, thanks to cleaner frequencies

0 100 m

Confined micro cell propagation

Page 243: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 9

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 9

1 Adding a Microcellular Layer

Introduction [cont.]

Field Example: Busy Hour Traffic

20% of new traffic generation 50% of old macro traffic is handled by microcells

70.5

31.4

19.2

71

71.6 72

.5

76.8

72.3

29.1

17.9

71.1 78

95.9 95.1 98.494.6

100.7

41.736.4

94.398.4

117.9114 116.9

54.7

42.9

116.1112.5118.5

121.6121.6

60

45.9

115.1

124.5

70.6

68.6

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

8/9

9/9

10/9

11/9

12/9

13/9

14/9

15/9

16/9

17/9

18/9

19/9

20/9

21/9

22/9

23/9

24/9

25/9

26/9

27/9

28/9

29/9

30/9

Macrocells Microcells

Microlayer commercial opening

This example corresponds to the following network design:

Lower layer: 16 micro cells (37 TRXs)

11 outdoor micro cells with 2 TRXs

1 outdoor micro cell with 3 TRXs

2 indoor micro cells (pico cells) with 2 TRXs

2 indoor micro cells (pico cells) with 4 TRXs

Upper layer: 12 macro cells

umbrella macro cells are concentric (but not multi-band)

4 belong to the same BSS as the micro cells

8 belong to another BSS

All micro cells were declared as micro and not as indoor.

Page 244: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 10

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 10

1 Adding a Microcellular Layer

Introduction [cont.]

Keep a good QoS

Avoid call drops on microcells Specific emergency HO towards umbrella rescue cells

Avoid unnecessary handovers To ensure good QoS and speech quality Force idle mode in microcells to avoid subsequent capture Fast MSs are kept in the umbrella layer

Page 245: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 11

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 11

1 Adding a Microcellular Layer

Architecture

Capture towards microcells, emergency towards umbrella

Capture HO is used to send slow MSs to the overlaid layer Capture HO (cause 14):

PBGT HO (cause 12):

Emergency HO (Level or Quality):

umbrella

micro micro micro

umbrella

micro

single UPPER/SINGLE

LOWER

Page 246: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 12

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 12

1 Adding a Microcellular Layer

Strategy

Choose a handover to push traffic from these cells to the microlayer Cause 24 if all collocated cells and micro cells are all "Single" Cause 14 if collocated cells are Umbrella and micro cells are Micro

The exercise next slide will show the best solution

Page 247: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 13

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 13

1 Adding a Microcellular Layer

Exercise

Case 1 : Strategy based on cause 24 Case 2 : Strategy based on cause 14

NORMAL CELLS

MICROCELLS

What are the pro's and con's of each solution ?

Which one would you choose ?

10 minutes

Page 248: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 14

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 14

1 Adding a Microcellular Layer

Call Setup

Only slow MS reselects a MICRO

MICROMICRO UMBUMB

MICRO 900CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 10 dBTEMPORARY_OFFSET = infinityPENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s)

UMBRELLACELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 0 dBTEMPORARY_OFFSET = 0 dBPENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s)

CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(MICRO) = 10 dB

This setting is highly dependent on MICRO cells density : the more MICRO per sq.km, the higher the CRO can be, without any risk of degrading quality. In very dense network, a CRO(Micro) = 40dB can be set.

On the contrary, if there are only few micro cells per sq.km, then a CRO=10dB might be too high ! Reduce it to CRO=6dB.

Page 249: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 15

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 15

1 Adding a Microcellular Layer

Call Setup [cont.]

DR and FDR are ENABLED

An FDR (cause 20) is triggered when the average level of a neighboring cell is higher than L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n)

UmbrellaEN_DR = ENABLEDEN_FORCED_DR = DISABLEDL_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) = -88 dBmFREElevel_DR(n) = 0

MicroEN_RESCUE_UM = ENABLEDEN_DR = ENABLEDEN_FORCED_DR = ENABLEDL_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) = -47 dBmFREElevel_DR(n) = 0

DR & FDRPRIORITY(micro, umb) = 1

DR onlyPRIORITY(umb, umb) = 1

DR onlyPRIORITY(umb, micro) = 0

DRPRIORITY(micro, micro) = 1

The Setting of PRIORITY(0,n) is very important as network behavior will not be driven by Pref_layer which is equal to "none" in this case.But setting L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) to -47 dBm in the micro cells inhibits the incoming FDR to them. Therefore Priority(0,n) can be kept to the same value everywhere.

Priority(umb,micro) is set to 0 for Better Cell purpose (see the next pages).

Page 250: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 16

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 16

1 Adding a Microcellular Layer

Microcell Classes

Parameter settings will depend on the microcells position in the lower layer

Microcell “classes” are introduced to deal with typical parameters settings in each of these cases

Indoor Microcell

Border Microcell

Inner Microcell

Page 251: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 17

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 17

1 Adding a Microcellular Layer

Inner Microcell Class

Definition

A microcell surrounded by other microcells in a dense environment

Rule The MS is comfortably installed in the microcell area. Calls have to be

handled by a micro layer, which is a “traffic-catcher” Fast capture HO from the umbrella to micro cell If the MS is already on call in the micro-layer, it must stay on it

Favour PBGT handover to neighbour microcells

Inner Microcell

Page 252: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 18

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 18

1 Adding a Microcellular Layer

Inner Microcell: Better Condition Handovers

Causes 12 and 14

UmbrellaEN_PBGT_HO = ENABLEDEN_MCHO_NCELL = ENABLEDEN_SPEED_DISC = DISABLEDL_MIN_DWELL_TIME = 6s

Inner MicrocellEN_PBGT_HO = ENABLEDEN_SPEED_DISC = ENABLEDA_PBGT_HO = 6

Cause 14PRIORITY(umb, micro) = 0

L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(umb, micro)= -80 dBm

Cause 12 / 23PRIORITY(umb, umb) = 1HO_MARGIN(umb, umb) = 5 dBDELTA_INC_HO_MARGIN = 2 dBDELTA_DEC_HO_MARGIN = 2 dB

Cause 12PRIORITY(micro, micro) = 1HO_MARGIN(micro, micro) = ?dB

Only fast mobiles can perform a PBGT HO to an umbrella cell (with low load)HO_MARGIN(micro, umb) = 5dB

A capture towards a microcell is triggered after L_MIN_DWELL_TIME. A low value is chosen, as we consider an inner microcell.

In an umbrella 900 cell, a capture to a micro cell is preferred to a PBGT HO to a neighboring 900 cell using Priority(0,n).

Page 253: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 19

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 19

1 Adding a Microcellular Layer

Inner Microcell: Tuning of Cause 12 Parameters

HO_MARGIN(micro,micro) and A_PBGT_HO(micro) tuning

Case 1 : Avoid PBGT HO to a transcient cell (i.e. micro 3) Case 2 : Avoid an EM HO to an umbrella

Reduce A_PBGT_HO & increase HO_MARGINor … Increase A_PBGT_HO & decrease HO_MARGIN

Micro 1Micro 2

Micro 3

HO_MARGIN tuning will be detailed in section 4: case studies.

Page 254: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 20

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 20

1 Adding a Microcellular Layer

Inner Microcell: Emergency Handovers

Use Level, Quality causes

UmbrellaPref_layer = upper + single

Inner MicrocellEN_RESCUE_UM = ENABLEDPref_layer = upper + singleA_QUAL_HO = 4A_LEV_HO = 4L_RXLEV_DL_H = -90 dBm

PRIORITY(umb,micro) = 0

PRIORITY(umb,umb) = 1

PRIORITY(micro,micro) = 1

PRIORITY(micro,umb) = 1

EN_RESCUE_UM is set to ENABLED for an emergency handovers behavior (send MSs towards the upper layer).

Page 255: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 21

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 21

1 Adding a Microcellular Layer

Inner Microcell: Candidate Cells Evaluation Process

UmbrellaEN_PRIORITY_ORDERING = ENABLEDEN_PBGT_FILTERING = ENABLED CELL_EV = GRADE

Inner MicrocellEN_PRIORITY_ORDERING = ENABLEDEN_PBGT_FILTERING = ENABLED CELL_EV = GRADEEN_RESCUE_UM = ENABLED

HO_MARGIN_LEV(umb,umb)= 2 dBHO_MARGIN_QUAL(umb,umb)= -2 dBHO_MARGIN_DIST(umb,umb)= 2 dB

HO_MARGIN_LEV(micro,umb)= -127 dBHO_MARGIN_QUAL(micro,umb)= -127 dBHO_MARGIN_DIST(micro,umb)= -127 dB

OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(micro,umb)=-100 dBm

HO_MARGIN_LEV(umb,micro)= 2 dBHO_MARGIN_QUAL(umb,micro)= -2 dBHO_MARGIN_DIST(umb,micro)= 2 dB

HO_MARGIN_LEV(micro,micro)= 2 dBHO_MARGIN_QUAL(micro,micro)= -2 dBHO_MARGIN_DIST(micro,micro)= 2 dB

The upper layer is a rescue layer for microcells: thus, all HO_MARGIN_XX(micro,umb) are set to -127 dB.

OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV is set to -100 dBm: all umbrella cells with a received level lower than -100 dBm will be filtered out at candidate cell evaluation.

Page 256: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 22

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 22

1 Adding a Microcellular Layer

Border Microcell Class

Definition A microcell bordering the microcell area Hybrid situation between the inner microcell and the hotspot microcell

Rule Ensure the MS is slow & well covered before a capture in microlayer Ensure a MS will exit this cell safely PBGT HO are of no use here

Border Microcell

The upper layer is a rescue layer for microcells: thus, all HO_MARGIN_XX(micro,umb) are set to -127 dB.

OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV is set to -100 dBm: all umbrella cells with a received level lower than -100 dBm will be filtered out at candidate cell evaluation.

Page 257: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 23

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 23

1 Adding a Microcellular Layer

Border Microcell: Better Condition Handovers

Causes 12 and 14

UmbrellaEN_SPEED_DISC = ENABLEDL_MIN_DWELL_TIME = 8sH_MIN_DWELL_TIME = 16s

Border Microcell

Cause 14L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(umb, micro)

= -75 dBm

Cause 12 / 23

Cause 12

Only fast mobiles can perform a PBGT HO to an umbrella cell (with low load)HO_MARGIN(micro, umb) = 5dB

All other parameters not shown here are identical to inner microcells.

A capture towards a microcell is triggered after MIN_DWELL_TIME which will vary from H_MIN_DWELL_TIME down to L_MIN_DWELL_TIME if the umbrella 900 cell is loaded. MIN_DWELL_TIME is increased to prevent tangential MSs from being captured by the border microcell.

L_RXLEV_CPT_HO is increased.

Page 258: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 24

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 24

1 Adding a Microcellular Layer

Border Microcell: Emergency Handovers

Use Level, Quality causes

UmbrellaPref_layer = upper + single

Border MicrocellEN_RESCUE_UM = ENABLEDEN_MCHO_H_DL = ENABLEDPref_layer = upper + singleL_RXLEV_DL_H = -82 dBmA_LEV_HO = 6U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO = -90 dBmA_LEV_MCHO = 4

Emergency HO considered as a "safe exit" HO, based on cause 5.

A high threshold HO is used to trigger HO towards the umbrella cell for the microlayer zone exit.

Page 259: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 25

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 25

1 Adding a Microcellular Layer

Indoor Microcell Class

Definition An indoor area located within the micro cell area This indoor cell aims at absorbing traffic in a strategic building

Rules Absorb indoor traffic, and only indoor traffic Do not catch outdoor MS (Idle or Dedicated) An MS nearby the building door but still outside should camp on the outdoor

cell Beware of "indoor" exit strategy Beware of jamming at higher floor

Indoor Microcell

Another type of indoor microcell can be defined:

Indoor microcell for coverage, when the indoor cell is a hotspot and the indoor coverage from the macro layer is not good. This chapter does not deal with this case. See the next slides for detailed parameter settings of indoor microcell for coverage.

Page 260: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 26

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 26

1 Adding a Microcellular Layer

Indoor Microcell: Better Condition Handovers

Causes 12 and 14

UmbrellaEN_PBGT_HO = ENABLEDEN_MCHO_NCELL = ENABLEDEN_SPEED_DISC = ENABLEDL_MIN_DWELL_TIME = 8sH_MIN_DWELL_TIME = 16s

Indoor MicrocellEN_PBGT_HO = ENABLEDEN_SPEED_DISC = DISABLED

Cause 14PRIORITY(umb, micro) = 0

L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(umb, micro)= -75 dBm

Cause 12 / 23

Cause 12

Only fast mobiles can perform a PBGT HO to an umbrella cell (with low load)HO_MARGIN(micro, umb) = 5dB

L_RXLEV_CPT_HO tuning is closely linked to real radio propagation and cell coverage. Values given on this slide are just examples.

Page 261: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 27

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 27

1 Adding a Microcellular Layer

Indoor Microcell: Emergency Handovers

Use Level, Quality causes

UmbrellaPref_layer = upper + single

PRIORITY(umb,micro) = 0

PRIORITY(umb,umb) = 1

PRIORITY(micro,micro) = 1

PRIORITY(micro,umb) = 1

Indoor MicrocellEN_RESCUE_UM = ENABLEDEN_MCHO_H_DL = ENABLEDPref_layer = upper + singleL_RXLEV_DL_H = -82 dBmA_LEV_HO = 6U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO = -90 dBmA_LEV_MCHO = 4

A high threshold HO is used to trigger HO towards the umbrella cell for the microlayer zone exit.

Page 262: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 28

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 28

1 Adding a Microcellular Layer

Indoor Microcell: High Floors Case

In high floors, the level from surrounding umbrella cells is very high More than 6 cells might be measured at -47dBm (maximum measured value) How can we ensure the indoor cell is included in the chosen 6 ?

One solution Dedicate one cell to cover these floors Set a high CRO (8dB … 12dB) : the C2 is not limited Define many incoming adjacencies but just few selected outgoing

adjacencies Use SFH with broad band to avoid interferences

A high threshold HO is used to trigger HO towards the umbrella cell for the microlayer zone exit.

Page 263: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 29

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 29

2 Adding Hot Spot Microcell for Traffic

Page 264: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 30

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 30

2 Adding Hot Spot Microcell for Traffic

Hotspot Microcell Class

Definition A microcell totally isolated from any other microcell

Rules Capture shall occur only if the MS is not moving There are no neighbour from the same layerNo better cell handover can be trigerredAn emergency HO shall be used as an exit strategy

Hotspot Microcell

Page 265: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 31

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 31

2 Adding Hot Spot Microcell for Traffic

Hotspot Microcell: Better Condition Handovers

Causes 12 and 14

UmbrellaEN_PBGT_HO = ENABLEDEN_MCHO_NCELL = ENABLEDEN_SPEED_DISC = ENABLEDL_MIN_DWELL_TIME = 10sH_MIN_DWELL_TIME = 16s

Hotspot Microcell

Cause 14PRIORITY(umb, micro) = 0

L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(umb, micro)= -75 dBm

Cause 12 / 23PRIORITY(umb, umb) = 0HO_MARGIN(umb, umb) = 5 dBDELTA_INC_HO_MARGIN = 2 dBDELTA_DEC_HO_MARGIN = 2 dB

No better condition HO from a micro to an umbrella cell (different layers)Fast MS detection is not possible

Page 266: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 32

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 32

2 Adding Hot Spot Microcell for Traffic

Hotspot Microcell: Emergency Handovers

Use Level, Quality causes

UmbrellaPref_layer = upper + single

PRIORITY(umb,micro) = 0

PRIORITY(umb,umb) = 0

PRIORITY(micro,umb) = 0

Hotspot MicrocellEN_RESCUE_UM = ENABLEDEN_MCHO_H_DL = ENABLEDPref_layer = upper + singleL_RXLEV_DL_H = -82 dBmA_LEV_HO = 6U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO = -90 dBmA_LEV_MCHO = 4A_QUAL_HO = 4

Page 267: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 33

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 33

3 Monitoring QoS in a Multi-Layer Network

Page 268: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 34

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 34

3 Monitoring QoS in a Multi-Layer Network

Indicators Monitoring

QoS indicators in each layer Create a cell zone for each cell type : Umbrella, Mini, Micro, Indoor, Single Perform your QoS Monitoring per cell zone

Goal 1 : Traffic split RTCH_Load_BH (TCTRBHR) in lower layers above 80% RTCH_Load_BH in upper layers below congestion RTCH_duration_avg (TCTRMHT) should be long in lower layers (> 20s) …and might be shorter in umbrellas, because of cause 14 (Min Dwell Time)

Goal 2 : Quality of Service Main KPI's shall be better or identical in lower than in upper TCH Drop Rate, CSSR, SDCCH Congestion rate HO Incoming & Outgoing efficiency rates Handover causes split should reflect your parameter settings

DL Level HO (5) as exit strategy for hotspot/border cells Capture HO (14) shall be the main cause of HO for Umbrellas

RTCH Duration Average is related to the HO/Call indicator. But it gives a better physical sense of possible ping pong handovers.

Page 269: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 35

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 35

3 Monitoring QoS in a Multi-Layer Network

Indicators Monitoring [cont.]

Goal 3: Simplicity of parameter settings Apply the same settings within each cell type Find the best "overall" settings in order to obtain the best results (regarding

goal 1, goal 2 or both) Once this is achieved, fine tune problematic cells only

Additional investigation : Forced Directed Retry With good settings, FDR should not occur too much But if it does, ensure it is working correctly

DR_Out_success_rate (DRORSUR) in lower layers DR_Inc_internal_success_rate (DRIBSUR) in upper layers

Specific indicators : Traffic flows HO per couple of cells (PMC type 180) In case of problem, use ODMC type 26 and 27 for detailed incoming and

outgoing HO causes (max. 40 cells)

Page 270: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 36

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 36

Self-Assessment on the Objectives

Please be reminded to fill in the formSelf-Assessment on the Objectivesfor this module

The form can be found in the first partof this course documentation

Page 271: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 37

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 37

End of ModuleCreating a Multi-Layer Network

Page 272: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 1

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007GSM · BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Module 4Creating a Multi-Band Network

3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

Section 1Multiband-Multilayer Optimization

Page 273: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 2

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 2

Blank Page

This page is left blank intentionally

First editionLast name, first nameYYYY-MM-DD01

RemarksAuthorDateEdition

Document History

Page 274: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 3

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 3

Objectives

Define relevant parameters settings to introduce a new band in an existing network

Page 275: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 4

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 4

Objectives [cont.]

This page is left blank intentionally

Page 276: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 5

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 5

Table of Contents

Switch to notes view! Page

1 Adding a Microcellular Layer for Traffic and Coverage Increase 72 Adding Hot Spot Microcell for Traffic 263 Adding Indoor Microcells for Coverage 304 Monitoring QoS in a Multi-Layer Network 32

Page 277: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 6

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 6

Table of Contents [cont.]

Switch to notes view!

This page is left blank intentionally

Page 278: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 7

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 7

1 Introduction

Page 279: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 8

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 8

1 Adding a Microcellular Layer for Traffic and Coverage Increase

Strategies

Several cases should be considered in order to cover all the possibilities What is the current architecture prior to the introduction of the new band ?

1. Monolayer2. Multilayer

What is the planned architecture after the introduction of the new band ?1. Monolayer : the new band is located in the current layer2. Multilayer : the new band is located within an existing layer3. Multilayer : the new band is located within a dedicated layer

In order to save cost, the new cells will be collocated with the existing cells1. Dual-BCCH ? (two different cells)2. Single-BCCH ? (multiband concentric cells)

For each architecture, which settings to choose ?

Page 280: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 9

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 9

1 Introduction

Examples

The main situations will be studied :

Colocate the new band with :1. Existing single cells (monolayer)2. Existing umbrella cells

Existing micro cells in classical band

3. Existing mini cells Existing umbrella cells in classical band

Implement the new band in a new layer1. New micro layer (for hotspot coverage)

refer to previous chapter "Adding a Microcellular Layer"

2. New mini layer (for continuous coverage) this solution is not practical: macro cells in the new band are always colocated with

existing cells

3. New umbrella layer (for extension of coverage) this solution is not realistic: umbrella cells are always deployed first in a network

In this course, we focus only on realistic solutions which are chosen by all operators : the new band is never deployed in a country without colocation with existing cells.

Page 281: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 10

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 10

2 Collocate the new band in a monolayer network

Page 282: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 11

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 11

2 Collocate the new band in a monolayer network

Single vs. Umbrella

If the network is monolayer, there is no difference between Singles and Umbrellas.

The only difference will appear if introduction of microcells in the future :1. For Umbrellas, the cause 14 is available to push traffic to microlayer2. For Single, the cause 24 (General Capture Handover) must be enabled

In a case study, we will see the differences between the two solutions.

Futureproof solution: set all your cells as "Umbrella"

Page 283: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 12

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 12

2 Collocate the new band in a monolayer network

Collocated cells

If the cells are collocated, two solutions… Dual-BCCH or Single BCCH

Single-BCCH Dual-BCCH

Cell B

Cell A

cause ?

cause ?

CRO(B)

CRO(A)

Cell A

inner

outer

cause 13

cause 10/11

CRO(A)

Page 284: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 13

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 13

2 Collocate the new band in a monolayer network

Collocated cells [cont.]

For single-BCCH cells, refer to algorithms of causes 10, 11 and 13.

Cell A

inner

outer

cause 13

cause 10/11

CRO(A)

CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET must be set accordingly to the other cells

CAUSE 13: Entry HO, based on DL and UL RxLevof the outer zone

RXLEV_UL_ZONE & DL_ZONEZONE_HO_HYST_UL & DLMS and BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNERNEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n)EN_BETTER_ZONE_HOEN_LOAD_BALANCEPING_PONG_HCP, T_HCP

CAUSE 10/11: Exit HO, based on DL or UL RxLevof the inner zone

RXLEV_UL_ZONE & DL_ZONE

INTERCELL HO: no changesOFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER

Rule : OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER ≥ Δ Propagation - Δ MS TxPwrRule : OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER ≥ Δ Propagation - Δ MS TxPwr

Δ Propagation : 10dBΔ MS TxPwr : 33 – 30 = 3dB

OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER ≥ 7dB

Page 285: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 14

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 14

2 Collocate the new band in a monolayer network

Collocated cells [cont.]

For dual-BCCH cells, use "Preferred band HO" (cause 21)

CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(B) > CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(A)

Cell B

Cell A

cause 21

cause 5

CRO(B)

CRO(A)

CAUSE 21: Entry HO, based on DL RxLev of cell BL_RXLEV_CPT_HO(A,B)MS_TXPWR_MAX(B)MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION(A)HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD(B)EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO(A)T_INHIBIT_CPT(B)

CAUSE 5: Exit HO, based on DL RxLev of cell BL_RXQUAL_DL_H(B)L_RXLEV_DL_H(B)EN_RXLEV_DL(B)

Avoid ping-pong HOHO_MARGIN(B,A) = +127dB

Rule : L_RXLEV_DL_H(B) ≤ L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(A,B) – 5dBRule : L_RXLEV_DL_H(B) ≤ L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(A,B) – 5dB

Page 286: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 15

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 15

2 Collocate the new band in a monolayer network

Collocated cells [cont.]

For dual-BCCH cells, beware of neighbour cells

Cell B

Cell A

PBGT HOEN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO(A) = EnableEN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO(B) = Enable

With 900 cellsHO_MARGIN(B, 900) = Δ Propag + 5-3 = 12dBHO_MARGIN(A, 900) = 5dB

With "standalone 1800 cells"HO_MARGIN(B, 1800) = Δ Propag + 5 = 15dBHO_MARGIN(A, 1800) = 2dBHO_MARGIN(1800, A) = 8dBHO_MARGIN(1800, B) = 5dB

With "collocated 1800 cells"HO_MARGIN(B, 1800) = 5dBHO_MARGIN(A, 1800) = -2dB

At network level, such settings are unmanageable !At network level, such settings are unmanageable !

All these computations are based on having a difference of RxLev of 5dB between the "outer" cells.

For example, from cell B to a standalone 1800 cell (called cell C):

- Cell A would perform a PBGT HO if the Δ RxLev(C – A) is above 5dB, therefore the HO_Margin(A,C) is 2dB

- Cell B should perform a PBGT HO to C, only if the cell C is 5dB above cell A (in order to avoid ping pong back to cell A !)

- Because cell B is 10dB less than cell A (diff of propagation), then Cell C should be 15dB above cell B.

It results that after the MS leaves cell B to cell C with a PBGT, then the cell C is more than 5dB above cell B. This tends to avoid ping pong HO.

It is however possible to reduce this HO MARGIN(B,C) down to 10dB, but this increases the risk of ping pong.

Page 287: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 16

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 16

2 Collocate the new band in a monolayer network

Collocated cells [cont.]

For dual-BCCH cells, beware of neighbour cells

Cell B

Cell A

PBGT HOEN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO(A) = DisableEN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO(B) = Disable

With 900 cellsHO_MARGIN(A, 900) = 5dB

With "standalone 1800 cells"HO_MARGIN(B, 1800) = Δ Propag + 5 = 15dB

With "collocated 1800 cells"HO_MARGIN(B, 1800) = 5dB

It is easier to manageTypical interband HO are only cause 21 or cause 5

It is easier to manageTypical interband HO are only cause 21 or cause 5

Page 288: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 17

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 17

2 Collocate the new band in a monolayer network

Collocated cells [cont.]

Regarding Radio Parameters :

Single-BCCH:1. Less parameters2. Much simpler settings, especially adjacency parameters3. PBGT HO towards all neighbours are possible

Dual-BCCH:1. Cause 21 is using load conditions in serving and target cells2. Cause 21 can push a MS from one 900 cell to its collocated cell and to

other 1800 cells as well

Page 289: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 18

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 18

3 Colocate the new cells in upper layer of a multilayer network

Page 290: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 19

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 19

3 Colocate the new cells in upper layer of a multilayer network

Single-BCCH strategy

As seen earlier, it is simpler to use single-BCCH In the OMC-R, create your collocated cells as "Concentric"

Choose a handover to push traffic from these cells to the microlayer Cause 24 if collocated cells and micro cells are all "Single" Cause 14 if collocated cells are "Umbrella" and micro cells are "Micro"

The choice has been done previously: The best solution is "cause 14" in order to take into account fast moving

mobiles.

This strategy was fully studied in "Adding a Microcellular Layer""

Page 291: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 20

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 20

3 Colocate the new cells in upper layer of a multilayer network

Dual-BCCH strategy

In case this solution is preferred, some settings to manage Umbrella 1800 / Umbrella 900 were given in the previous chapter.

In this chapter, we introduce a Microcell layer.

(5)(14)

(14)

(5)

(5)(21)

UMBRELLA 900

UMBRELLA 1800

MICRO 900

Page 292: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 21

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 21

3 Colocate the new cells in upper layer of a multilayer network

Call Setup

MICROMICRO

UMBUMB

MICRO 900CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 8 dBTEMPORARY_OFFSET = infinityPENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s)

UMBRELLA 900CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 0 dBTEMPORARY_OFFSET = 0 dBPENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s)

UMBUMB

UMBRELLA 1800CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 4 dBTEMPORARY_OFFSET = 0 dBPENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s)

CELL_BAR_QUALIFY can be set to 0 by default.

Page 293: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 22

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 22

Umbrella

3 Colocate the new cells in upper layer of a multilayer network

Forced Directed Retry & Fast Traffic HO

Rescue capacity with umbrella 900 & 1800

Pref_Layer = none [fixed]

L_RxLev_Ncell_DR = -85dBmFree_Level_DR = 0EN_DR = EnableEN_Fast_Traffic_Ho = Disable

EN_FDR(900) = DisableEN_FDR(1800) = Enable

Micro

Pref_Layer = none [fixed]

L_RxLev_Ncell_DR = -47dBmFree_Level_DR = 0EN_DR = EnableEN_FDR = EnableEN_Fast_Traffic_Ho = EnableHO_Margin_Lev(μ,umb) = -5dB

If microcell 900

10

1

1

1

: top choice: second choice: third choice: last choice

Directed Retry shall always be enabled : it will act as a standard HO (better cell or emergency, depending on the trigger cause). Refer to previous slides (EM HO and BC HO). The possible DR are not represented by arrows on this slide, because it can work from any cell towards any cell.

Fast Traffic HO shall be enabled in microcells : an upper layer might not be available to each user, so the FDR might not work (esp. in case of indoor situation). In order to have a higher probability of F.T.H, it is necessary to lower the HO MARGIN LEV(micro, umbrella).

The more this value is reduced, the higher the efficiency of F.T.H.

Priority(1800, colocated 900) is one more time very useful here. Since the colocated 900 is fully overlapping the 1800, there is absolutely no degradation of quality whether the call is on the umbrella 900 or umbrella 1800.

Page 294: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 23

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 23

Umbrella

3 Colocate the new cells in upper layer of a multilayer network

Emergency HO

Favour umbrella 900 + Preventive exit from Micro

Pref_Layer = single + upper [fixed]

By default, same band as serving is preferred

T_HCP = 60s

Micro

EN_Rescue_Um = Enable Pref_Layer = upper

EN_Mcho_H_DL = DisableL_RxLev_DL_H ≤ -86dBmOutdoor_Umb_Lev(mini,umb) = -100dBm

If microcell 900

10

1

1

1

11

1

1

1

: top choice: second choice: third choice: last choice

Priority(0,n) is used to favour emergency HO from 1800 umbrella towards its colocated 900 umbrella. This is useful also for Forced Directed Retry.

It migh be complex to define priority(1800, colocated 900) = 1 and priority(1800, other 900) = 0. However, by using NPO, it is possible to customize adjacency types to take into account this specificity. Then, by using a NPO Tuning Session, the tuning is very straight forward.

Page 295: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 24

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 24

Umbrella

3 Colocate the new cells in upper layer of a multilayer network

Better Conditions HO

Traffic routed to Micro

12

12

12 21

21

14

14

12

12

L_Rxlev_Cpt_Ho(900,μ)= -80dBm

L_Rxlev_Cpt_Ho(900,μ) = -80dBm

L_Rxlev_Cpt_Ho(1800,μ) = -80dBm

Ho_Margin(900,900)=5dB

Ho_Margin(1800,1800)=5dB

Ho_Margin(μ,μ)=0…10dB

EN_Pbgt_Ho = EnableEN_Multiband_Pbgt_Ho = DisableEN_Preferred_Band_Ho = EnableEN_Mcho_Ncell = EnableL_RxLev_Cpt_Ho(0,n) = -80dBm

Multi_Band_Traffic_Condition=Any_LoadEN_Speed_Disc = EnableH_Load_Obj = 70% / L_Load_Obj = 30% L_Min_Dwell_Time = 8sH_Min_Dwell_Time = 20s

Micro

EN_Pbgt_Ho = EnableEN_Preferred_Band_Ho = Disable

EN_Speed_Disc = EnableHigh_Traffic_Load = 80% : Fast MS only

Priority(0,n) is useless here : HO cause priority : 21 > 14 > 12

21 is likely to be triggered before 14 anyway (A PBGT HO vs. MIN DWELL TIME), so using priority to favour the cause 14 will not work.

Page 296: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 25

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 25

Umbrella

3 Colocate the new cells in upper layer of a multilayer network

Candidate Cell Evaluation

Easy exit from micro

En_Priority_Ordering = EnableEn_Pbgt_Filtering = EnableCell_Ev = GRADE

Ho_Margin_Lev(0,n) = 2dBHo_Margin_Qual(900,coloc1800) = -12dBHo_Margin_Qual(0,n) = -2dB Ho_Margin_Dist(0,n) = 2dB

Micro

En_Priority_Ordering = EnableEn_Pbgt_Filtering = EnableCell_Ev = GRADE

Ho_Margin_Lev(μ,umb) = -5dBHo_Margin_Qual(μ,umb) = -127dBHo_Margin_Dist(μ,umb) = -127dB

Ho_Margin_Lev(μ, μ) = 2dBHo_Margin_Qual(μ, μ) = -2dBHo_Margin_Dist(μ, μ) = 2dB

If microcell 900

: special settings: default settings

Umbrella :

HO MARGIN LEV and HO MARGIN DIST shall be set above 0dB, in order to avoid emergency HO ping pong (which might be rare in a city anyway). Def value = 2dB.

HO MARGIN QUAL is different. If there is a quality issue in the 900 (since the 900 frequency band is more interfered, this situation is probable), the colocated 1800 must be a possible candidate. But don't forget that the colocated 1800 is 10dB lower than the 900 : the HO MARGIN QUAL should not filter out this cell.

So a HO MARGIN QUAL = -12dB is chosen.

HO MARGIN QUAL(umb 900, coloc 1800) = -12dB

HO MARGIN QUAL(umb 900, other 1800) = -2dB

HO MARGIN QUAL(umb 900, umb 900) = -2dB

HO MARGIN QUAL(umb 1800, umb *) = -2dB

HO MARGIN QUAL(umb *, μ)= -2dB

Micro :

The Umbrellas 900 & 1800 are a rescue for a micro. If there is a quality/interference problem in a micro, the RxLev(Micro) may be very high. Therefore we need to put a very low HO MARGIN QUAL, in order to accept a target cell with a lower RxLev than the micro.

The HO MARGIN LEV is set to -5dB, in order to give Fast Traffic HO a higher chance of happening (refer to previous slide)

Page 297: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 26

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 26

4 Colocate the new cells in lower layer of a multilayer network

Page 298: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 27

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 27

4 Colocate the new cells in lower layer of a multilayer network

Single-BCCH vs. Dual-BCCH

Assumptions: New cells are colocated with classical Mini cells Umbrella cells are in the classical band

The easiest solution is to create Concentric Multiband Mini cells Refer to "Create a multilayer network" The new band is "transparent", it does not impact algorithms other than

intra-zone handovers (causes 10, 11, 13)

In this chapter, the dual-BCCH solution is studied

Page 299: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 28

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 28

4 Colocate the new cells in lower layer of a multilayer network

Call Setup

MINIMINI

UMBUMB

MINI 900CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 4 dBTEMPORARY_OFFSET = 0 dBPENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s)

UMBRELLA 900CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 0 dBTEMPORARY_OFFSET = 0 dBPENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s)

MINIMINI

MINI 1800CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 8 dBTEMPORARY_OFFSET = 0 dBPENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s)

The Mini coverage is assumed to be continuous and can be used to capture Fast MS immediately.

Page 300: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 29

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 29

4 Colocate the new cells in lower layer of a multilayer network

Forced Directed Retry and Fast Traffic HO

Umbrella

Mini

Rescue capacity in Umbrella

Pref_Layer = none [fixed]

EN_DR = EnableEN_FDR = DisableEN_Fast_Traffic_Ho = Disable

L_RxLev_Ncell_DR = -85dBmFree_Level_DR = 0

Pref_Layer = none [fixed]

EN_DR = EnableEN_FDR = EnableEN_Fast_Traffic_Ho = Enable

L_RxLev_Ncell_DR = -47dBmFree_Level_DR = 0HO_Margin_Lev(mini,umb) = -5dB

: top choice: second choice: last choice

() In order to activate FDR towards MINI 900, if Umbrella are full and Mini 1800 are still congested, it is simple :

Gradually decrease the value of L_RxLev_Ncell_DR(Mini 900) from -60dBm to -80dBm, until a significant decrease of the congestion in MINI1800 occur.

HO MARGIN LEV(mini, umb)=-5dB : in order to increase the probability to perform a fast traffic HO. To increase the probability, decrease to -10dB, and so on.

Page 301: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 30

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 30

4 Colocate the new cells in lower layer of a multilayer network

Better Conditions HO

Umbrella

Mini

EN_Pbgt_Ho = EnableEN_Multiband_Pbgt_Ho = DisableEN_Preferred_Band_Ho = DisableEN_Mcho_Ncell = Enable

EN_Speed_Disc = DisableL_Min_Dwell_Time = 6s

L_Rx_Lev_Cpt_Ho(0,n) = -80dBm

EN_Pbgt_Ho = EnableEN_Preferred_Band_Ho = EnableL_Rx_Lev_Cpt_Ho(0,n) = -80dBmEN_Speed_Disc = DisableHigh_Traffic_Load = 80%

21

14

14

21

12

12

12

1212

12

Traffic routed to Mini 1800

: Fast MS only

Umbrella will unload with cause 14, with a dwell time of 6 seconds.

We need to favour direct HO from umbrella to mini 1800, rather than doing Umbrella Mini 900 Mini 1800.

The Mini 900 is received 10 dB greater than the Mini 1800. So by default, with" cause 14" candidate cell evaluation, the Mini 900 will have a better ORDER than the Mini 1800 (the PBGT(900) is 7dB greater than PBGT(1800))

To reverse this situation, we need to favour the Mini 1800, either with :

1) priority(umb, mini 1800) = 0 or

2) with link_factor(umb, 1800) = +12dB (so ORDER(1800) are 5dB greater than ORDER(900))

We will study these possibilities later.

Page 302: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 31

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 31

4 Colocate the new cells in lower layer of a multilayer network

Emergency HO (1/2)

Umbrella

Mini

Umbrella is the rescue cell

Pref_Layer = single + upper [fixed]

By default, same band as serving is preferred

T_HCP = 60s

EN_Rescue_Um = Enable Pref_Layer = upper

L_RxLev_DL_H ≤ -86dBmOutdoor_Umb_Lev(mini,umb) = -100dBm

: top choice: second choice: last choice

There is a risk that the umbrella will collect too much taffic in this situation !

Page 303: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 32

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 32

4 Colocate the new cells in lower layer of a multilayer network

Emergency HO (2/2)

Umbrella

Mini

Rescue cells are from the same layer

Pref_Layer = single + upper [fixed]

By default, same band as serving is preferred

T_HCP = 60s

EN_Rescue_Um = Disable Pref_Layer = lower + indoor

L_RxLev_DL_H ≤ -86dBmOutdoor_Umb_Lev(mini,umb) = -100dBm

: top choice: second choice: last choice

This solution is closer to what we want : the mini cells offer a good coverage. If no mini cells are available, it is not a problem : the umbrella can still be a valid target cell.

Special attention must be paid to PBGT Filtering : Mini cells can be filtered out, but Umbrellas should stay in the list.

Remark : Priority(0,n) = 1, for all adjacencies.

Regarding the possibility to use priority(umb, mini1800) = 0 (cf. "Better conditions HO" in this chapter) : it will impact the EM HO from umbrella. The end result will be :

EM HO from umbrella other umbrella > mini 1800 > mini 900.

The link factor is therefore a better choice, so far.

Page 304: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 33

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 33

4 Colocate the new cells in lower layer of a multilayer network

Candidate Cell Evaluation

Umbrella

Mini

Use 1800 band for quality HO : special settings: default settings

En_Priority_Ordering = EnableEn_Pbgt_Filtering = EnableCell_Ev = GRADE

Ho_Margin_Lev(umb,n) = 2dBHo_Margin_Qual(umb,n) = -2dB Ho_Margin_Dist(umb,n) = 2dB

Ho_Margin_Qual(umb, mini 1800) = -12dBLink_Factor(umb, mini1800) = +12dB

En_Priority_Ordering = EnableEn_Pbgt_Filtering = EnableCell_Ev = GRADEHo_Margin_Dist(mini, n) = 2dB

Ho_Margin_Lev(mini,umb) = -5dBHo_Margin_Qual(mini,umb) = -127dBHo_Margin_Lev(mini, mini) = 2dBHo_Margin_Qual(mini, mini) = -2dBHo_Margin_Qual(mini, coloc1800) = -12dB

Quality HO in an umbrella : As the mini 1800 is seen 10dB lower than the mini 900, there is a risk the mini 1800 will be filtered out during PBGT filtering.

Quality HO in a mini 900 : If no other Mini 900 is around with less than -2dB difference, then the next choice will be a mini 1800. In order to keep the mini 1800 colocated in the list, it is necessary to reduce the HO MARGIN QUAL(mini900, coloc1800) below -10dB.

Ho_Margin_Lev(mini,umb) = -5dB For Fast Traffic HO

Link_Factor(umb, mini1800) = +12dB For better condition HO : cause 14 towards Mini 1800 rather than towards Mini 900.

Page 305: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 34

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 34

5 QoS Monitoring

Page 306: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 35

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 35

5 QoS Monitoring

Indicators Monitoring

QoS indicators in each layer

Create a cell zone for each cell type & band Umbrella 900 Mini 900 Micro 900 Indoor 900

Perform your QoS Monitoring per cell zone Goal 1: Intelligent traffic split Goal 2: Balanced QoS between different layers and bands Goal 3: Globalized settings

Umbrella 1800 Mini 1800 Micro 1800 Indoor 1800

Page 307: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 36

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 36

5 QoS Monitoring

Investigation

Special attention to: HO/Call and RTCH Duration Avg in intermediate layer

Too many incoming HO from top layer (probably due to capture) Too many outgoing HO CPT (towards bottom layer) Action 1: L_RxLev_Cpt_Ho(top, intermediate) = -80dBm -70dBm Action 2: Cell_Reselect_Offset(bottom) = 8dB 12dB

capture

capture

TOP

INTERMEDIATE

BOTTOM

capture

Intermediate layer :

1. Umbrella 1800 in case of Umbrella 900 / Umbrella 1800 / Micro

2. Mini 900 in case of Umbrella 900 / Mini 900 / Mini 1800

Page 308: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 37

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 37

Self-Assessment on the Objectives

Please be reminded to fill in the formSelf-Assessment on the Objectivesfor this module

The form can be found in the first partof this course documentation

Page 309: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 38

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 38

End of ModuleCreating a Multi-Band Network

Page 310: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 1

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007GSM · BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Module 5Case Studies

3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

Section 1Multiband-Multilayer Optimization

Page 311: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 2

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 2

Blank Page

This page is left blank intentionally

First editionLast name, first nameYYYY-MM-DD01

RemarksAuthorDateEdition

Document History

Page 312: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 3

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 3

Objectives

Define relevant parameter settings for the following field cases

Page 313: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 4

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 4

Objectives [cont.]

This page is left blank intentionally

Page 314: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 5

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 5

Table of Contents

Switch to notes view! Page

1 Radar Cell 72 Symmetric Microcells at a Street Corner 93 Asymmetric Microcells at a Street Corner 114 Indoor Microcell within a Monolayer Network 135 Trilayer Network: Indoor Cell within a Multi-Layer Network 156 Indoor Cell Congestion 177 Transforming a Microcell into an Indoor Cell 198 Picocells in Skyscrapers 21

Page 315: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 6

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 6

Table of Contents [cont.]

Switch to notes view!

This page is left blank intentionally

Page 316: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 7

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 7

1 Radar Cell

Page 317: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 8

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 8

1 Radar Cell

Exercise

A radar cell is covering an industrial zone Find relevant parameter settings to favor IZ cells in idle and connected

mode Propose 2 architectures

Page 318: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 9

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 9

2 Symmetric Microcells at a Street Corner

Page 319: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 10

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 10

2 Symmetric Micorcells at a Street Corner

Exercise

An indoor microcell is introduced within a monolayer network, for a new coverage Define relevant parameter settings to obtain good QoS in the microcell layer

for symmetric microcells at a street corner

Cell B

Cell Ad

d

Page 320: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 11

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 11

3 Asymmetric Microcells at a Street Corner

Page 321: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 12

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 12

3 Aymmetric Micorcells at a Street Corner

Exercise

Define relevant parameter settings to obtain good QoS in the microcell layer for Asymmetric microcells at a street corner

1 < x < 2.5

Cell B

Cell Ax.d

d

Page 322: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 13

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 13

4 Indoor Microcell within a Monolayer Network

Page 323: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 14

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 14

4 Indoor Microcell withing a MonolayerNetwork

Exercise

An indoor microcell is introduced within a monolayer network, for a new coverage Define parameter settings for both idle and connected mode

Indoor Microcell

Page 324: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 15

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 15

5 Trilayer Network: Indoor Cell within a Multi-Layer Network

Page 325: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 16

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 16

5 Trilayer Network: Indoor Microcell withing a Multi-Layer Network

Exercise

An indoor microcell is introduced within a multi-layer network (macro + micro cells), for capacity & coverage increase So called « trilayer » network Define parameter settings for both idle and connected mode

Page 326: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 17

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 17

6 Indoor Cell Congestion

Page 327: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 18

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 18

6 Indoor Cell Congestion

Exercise

An indoor microcell has been introduced within a multi-layer network (macro + micro), based on the previous exercise recommendations

When an indoor microcell is congested, the FDR may not be working as some MSs can be covered only by this cell Define parameter settings to find a good solution in case of indoor cell

congestion

Page 328: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 19

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 19

7 Transforming a Microcell into an Indoor Cell

Page 329: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 20

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 20

7 Transforming a Microcell into an Indoor Cell

Exercise

Within a multi-layer network, a microcell has been designed in the micro-layer, with parameters of the microcell class

One may want to configure this cell in the « indoor » layer Propose parameter settings

Page 330: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 21

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 21

8 Picocells in Skyscrapers

Page 331: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 22

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 22

8 Picocells in Skyscrapers

Exercise

Skyscrapers may need several picocells to achieve a sufficient coverage while avoiding interference (sufficient received level from the serving cell Define parameters settings to deal with this configuration

Page 332: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 23

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 23

Self-Assessment on the Objectives

Please be reminded to fill in the formSelf-Assessment on the Objectivesfor this module

The form can be found in the first partof this course documentation

Page 333: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 24

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 24

End of ModuleCase Studies

Page 334: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 1

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

Do not delete this graphic elements in here:

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007GSM · BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Module 6Appendix

3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

Section 1Multiband-Multilayer Optimization

Page 335: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 2

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 2

Blank Page

This page is left blank intentionally

First editionLast name, first nameYYYY-MM-DD01

RemarksAuthorDateEdition

Document History

Page 336: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 3

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 3

Objectives

Define relevant parameter settings for the following field cases

Page 337: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 4

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 4

Objectives [cont.]

This page is left blank intentionally

Page 338: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 5

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 5

Table of Contents

Switch to notes view! Page

1 Load and Traffic Evaluation 72 Extended Cell Overview 19

Page 339: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 6

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 6

Table of Contents [cont.]

Switch to notes view!

This page is left blank intentionally

Page 340: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 7

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 7

1 Load and Traffic Evaluation

Page 341: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 8

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 8

1 Load and Traffic Evaluation

Cell TCH Radio Resource Evaluation Usage

Power budget HandoverTraffic Handover

Multiband capture HandoverGeneral capture Handover

N_TRAFFIC_LOAD x A_TRAFFIC_LOAD x TCH_INFO_PERIODlong term

Speed discrimination for hierarchical networkFull Rate / Half Rate channel allocation

LOAD_EV_PERIOD x TCH_INFO_PERIODmedium term

FREEfactorsLOADfactors

TCH_INFO_PERIODshort term

UsagePeriodLoad

evaluation

BackCause 12

Page 342: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 9

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 9

1 Load and Traffic Evaluation

Short Term Evaluation

LOADfactors and FREEfactors are determined from Nb free TCH samples every TCH_INFO_PERIOD seconds (short term evaluation)

LOADlevels are boundaries of load intervals associating a LOADfactor(db) to a Nb free TCH sample

FREElevels are boundaries of Nb free TCH intervals associating a FREEfactor (db) to a Nb free TCH sample

Page 343: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 10

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 10

1 Load and Traffic Evaluation

Short Term Evaluation [cont.]

FREEfactor determination:

FREElevel in absolute number of TCHs FREEfactor in dB

FREEfactor_5FREELevel_4< t

FREEfactor_4FREELevel_3< t <= FREElevel_4

FREEfactor_3FREELevel_2< t <= FREElevel_3

FREEfactor_2FREELevel_1< t <= FREElevel_2

FREEfactor_1t <= FREElevel_1

Nb free TCHNb free TCH

Page 344: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 11

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 11

1 Load and Traffic Evaluation

Short Term Evaluation [cont.]

LOADfactor determination:

LOADlevel in % LOADfactor in dB

LOADfactor_5LOADLevel_4< t

LOADfactor_4LOADLevel_3< t <= LOADlevel_4

LOADfactor_3LOADLevel_2< t <= LOADlevel_3

LOADfactor_2LOADLevel_1< t <= LOADlevel_2

LOADfactor_1t <= LOADlevel_1

LOADfactort = (1 - Nb free TCH/Total Nb TCH) x 100

Page 345: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 12

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 12

1 Load and Traffic Evaluation

Short Term Evaluation [cont.]

Example: cells with 4 TRXs (28 TCHs)

Nb free TCH = 4Load = 85,7%

Cell 0FREEfactor(0) = -8 dBmLOADfactor(0) = -15 dBm

Nb free TCH = 20Load = 28,6%

Cell n

FREEfactor(n) = +7 dBmLOADfactor(n) = 0 dBm

• in ORDER(n): + FREEfactor(n) - FREEfactor(0) = +7 - (-8) = +15 dB

• in GRADE(n): + LOADfactor(n) = +0 = 0 dB

in evaluation of cell n for outgoing HO from cell 0 :

HO?

-15 dB80% < t

-10 dB50% < t <= 80%

0 dB25% < t <= 50%

+5 dB10% < t <= 25%

+10 dBt <= 10%

LOADfactorLoad = (1-Nb free TCH/Total TCH)x 100

+10 dB21 < t

+7 dB15 < t <= 21

0 dB8 < t <= 15

- 8 dB3 < t <= 8

- 16 dBt <= 3

FREEfactorNb free TCH

Page 346: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 13

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 13

1 Load and Traffic Evaluation

Medium Term Evaluation

Medium term measurement of the load of a cell corresponds to function AV_LOAD(cell) a new sample of the “Nb free TCHs” in the cell is available every

TCH_INFO_PERIOD seconds AV_LOAD() is a non-sliding window load average from Nb free TCH samples

updated every LOAD_EV_PERIOD x TCH_INFO_PERIOD s

Page 347: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 14

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 14

1 Load and Traffic Evaluation

Medium Term Evaluation [cont.]

AV_LOAD(cell n) calculated from N Nb free TCH samples available during LOAD_EV_PERIOD x TCH_INFO_PERIOD s

100*)(n) TCHTot Nb

(n) TCH free Nb1(

Nsamples

1 = AV_LOAD(n)

Nsamples

1 = i

Page 348: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 15

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 15

1 Load and Traffic Evaluation

Long Term Evaluation

Long term measurement of the load of a cell corresponds to function Traffic_load(cell) Traffic_load() value is determined from a number N_TRAFFIC_LOAD of

consecutive non-sliding window load averages AV_TRAFFIC_LOAD calculated from Nb free TCH samples updated every A_TRAFFIC_LOAD x TCH_INFO_PERIOD s

Page 349: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 16

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 16

1 Load and Traffic Evaluation

Long Term Evaluation [cont.]

3 possible values for Traffic_load(): high, low, indefinite initialization: Traffic_load() = indefinite Traffic_load() becomes : corresponds to function Traffic_load(cell) high if the last N_TRAFFIC_LOAD consecutive AV_TRAFFIC_LOAD load

averages are all greater than the HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD threshold low if the last N_TRAFFIC_LOAD consecutive AV_TRAFFIC_LOAD load

averages are all lower than the LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD threshold

Page 350: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 17

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 17

1 Load and Traffic Evaluation

Long Term Evaluation [cont.]

Traffic_load() becomes indefinite if: Traffic_load() was high and the last AV_TRAFFIC_LOAD load average is lower

than LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD (or IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD if not 0%) Traffic_load() was low and the last AV_TRAFFIC_LOAD load average is

greater than HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD (or IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD if not 0%) Traffic_load(n) is always equal to indefinite if cell n is external to the

BSC HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD

Page 351: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 18

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 18

1 Load and Traffic Evaluation

Long Term Evaluation [cont.]

Example with N_TRAFFIC_LOAD = 3

BackCause 12

Page 352: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 19

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 19

2 Extended Cell Overview

Page 353: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 20

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 20

2 Extended Cell Overview

Presentation -General

One BTS (G3 or G4): 2 cells INNER cell: range from 0 to 35 km OUTER cell: range from 33 to 70 km

The extended cell has up to 4 TRX in the inner cell and up to 4 TRX in the outer cell.

Page 354: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 21

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 21

2 Extended Cell Overview

Presentation - Synchronization

Freq BCCH OUTER <> Freq BCCH INNER MS reports measurements on both

cells for the handover algorithms BSICINNER = BSICOUTER

INNER cell can decode the RACH received on OUTER BCCH frequency

INNER cell always BARRED MS always camps on OUTER cell OUTER cellINNER cell

At the border of the two cells, an overlapping area allows to provide a continuous coverage. When the MS moves from one cell to the other, a handover is triggered in the overlap zone. Two BCCH channels are needed (one for the inner cell, one for the outer cell), so that the MS reports measurements on both cells for the handover algorithms.

The TRXs of the inner cell and of the outer cell are synchronised, but the reception of the outer cell is delayed by 60bits period to account for the propagation delay.

In the inner cell, the MS can receive the BCCH inner frequency as wells as the outer BCCH frequency. To avoid to manage RACH reception on two different frequencies in the inner cell, the MS is forced to access the inner cell on the outer BCCH frequency. For this purpose, the RACH reception (BCCH TRX) of the inner cell is tuned to the outer BCCH frequency, and the inner cell is barred1. So on time slot 0 of the inner cell, transmission is done on the inner cell BCCH frequency, and reception is done on outer BCCH frequency.

The chosen implementation allows to make use of all timeslots2 of the TDMA frame and to use the combined configuration for the CCCH channel.

Page 355: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 22

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 22

2 Extended Cell Overview

Presentation - RF Interference

UL interference on TS0 of the INNER cell if Access burst received in the INNER cell (on frequency BCCH OUTER)AND Call on TS7 of the OUTER cell

Then, TS7 of the OUTER cell is always set to IDLE (never used)

Page 356: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 23

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 23

2 Extended Cell Overview

Radio Link Establishment - MS Located in the Outer Cell Area

The inner cell is always barred, so the MS cannot camp on the inner cell, even if located in the inner cell range. In the whole extended cell coverage, the MS has a good reception of the outer cell BCCH, so the MS will always be camping in the outer cell, whether in the inner cell or outer cell range.

For this reason, a special radio and link establishment procedure is used to cope with this behaviour .

It consists of receiving the CHANNEL REQUEST messages on outer BCCH frequency, and allocating the SDCCH channel according to the MS estimated position. The IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND for an SDCCH is sent on the outer cell BCCH frequencies, but the SDCCH may be allocated in either inner or outer cell, depending on the MS position.

(1) The MS camping on the outer cell sends an access burst on the RACH on outer cell BCCH frequency. These bursts will be received successfully in the inner cell by the BCCH TRE. In the outer cell, the access burst arrives too early and cannot be decoded.

(2) The inner cell BCCH TRE sends a CHANNEL REQUIRED message to the BSC containing the random reference sent by the mobile, the TDMA frame number when the message was sent over the air and the measured TOA.

(3) The TCU controlling this TRE allocates an SDCCH subchannel to the transaction in the inner cell and asks the BTS to activate this subchannel.

(4) The BTS activates the requested channel and sends back and acknowledgement, once this is done.

(5) The TCU sends the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND (which provides the description of the allocated SDCCH) to the BCCH TRE of the inner cell.

The TCU controlling the inner cell BCCH sends a copy of the message to the TCU handling the BCCH of the outer cell. This is done if and only if the timing advance IE included in the CHANNEL REQUIRED is smaller than 60, thus indicating that the MS is strictly in the inner cell (in order to avoid that the MS receives two Immediate Assignment messages when located in the overlap zone).

The TCU controlling the outer cell BCCH forwards the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND to the outer cell BCCH TRE.

(6) The IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message is sent over the air to the MS on the AGCH of the outer cell.

(6') The IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message sent by the inner cell is lost, because the MS listens to the outer cell frequency.

(7) The mobile switches its transceiver to the SDCCH allocated in the inner cell and sends repeatedly an SABM frame to establish the layer 2 connection with the BTS.

(8) The BTS acknowledges the establishment of the LapDm link to the MS with a UA frame sent on the SDCCH allocated to the MS.

Page 357: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 24

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 24

2 Extended Cell Overview

Radio Link Establishment - MS Located in the Inner Cell Area

The TCU sends the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND (which provides the description of the allocated SDCCH ) to the BCCH TRE of the inner cell.

The TCU controlling the inner cell BCCH sends a copy of the message to the TCU handling the BCCH of the outer cell. This is done if and only if the timing advance IE included in the CHANNEL REQUIRED is smaller than 60, thus indicating that the MS is strictly in the inner cell (in order to avoid that the MS receives two Immediate Assignment messages when located in the overlap zone).

The TCU controlling the outer cell BCCH forwards the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND to the outer cell BCCH TRE.

(1) The MS in the outer cell sends an access burst on the RACH of the outer cell. This burst is successfully received by the outer cell BCCH TRE. In the inner cell, the access burst arrives too late to be successfully decoded.

(2) The outer cell BCCH TRE sends a CHANNEL REQUIRED message to the BSC containing the random reference sent by the mobile, the TDMA frame number when the message was sent over the air and the measured TOA.

(3) The TCU controlling this TRE allocates an SDCCH subchannel in the outer cell to the transaction and asks the BTS to activate this subchannel.

(4) The BTS activates the requested channel and sends back an acknowledgement, once this is done.

(5) The TCU then sends the description of the channel in the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND to the outer cell BCCH TRE.

(6) The IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message is sent over the air to the MS on the AGCH of the outer cell.

(7) The mobile switches its transceiver to the required channel and sends repeatedly an SABM frame to establish the layer 2 connection with the BTS.

(8) The BTS acknowledges the establishment of the LAPDm link to the MS with a UA frame sent on the SDCCH allocated to the MS.

Page 358: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 25

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 25

2 Extended Cell Overview

Radio Link Establishment - MS Located in the Overlap Zone

Page 359: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 26

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 26

2 Extended Cell Overview

Radio Link Establishment - MS Located in the Overlap Zone [cont.]

(1a&b) The MS camping on the outer cell sends an access burst on the RACH. This burst is correctly received by the inner cell BCCH TRE and outer cell BCCH TRE.

(2a&b) The inner cell and outer cell BCCH TRE send a CHANNEL REQUIRED message to the BSC containing the random reference sent by the mobile, the TDMA frame number when the message was sent over the air and the measured TOA.

(3a&b) Both TCUs controlling the TREs having BCCH allocate an SDCCH subchannel to the transaction and ask the BTS to activate this subchannel.

(4a&b) The BTS activates the requested channels and sends back an acknowledgement for each, once this is done.

(5b) The TCU controlling the outer cell, sends the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND with SDCCH description in the outer cell to the outer cell BCCH TRE.

(5a&c)The TCU controlling the inner cell sends in the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND with SDCCH description in the inner cell. Two cases are possible:

Access Delay IE > 59 the inner cell TCU will not send a copy of the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT command to the outer cell TCU. This is the desired behaviour.

Access Delay in [58,59] range, the inner cell TCU sends a copy of the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT command to the outer cell TCU. This is not the desired behaviour (corresponds to inner cell scenario). This is due to the fact that the BSC definition of the overlap zone does not match the exact BTS overlap area (negative values of TOA in the outer cell up to –2, are clipped to 0).

(6b) The IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message describing the SDCCH allocation in outer cell, is sent to the MS on the outer cell BCCH frequency. In most cases this message should be received by the MS (except if 6c is received first)

(6a) The IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message describing the SDCCH allocation in inner cell is lost on the inner cell air interface, because the MS does not listen to that frequency. The unused SDCCH will be released by the BSC when the supervising timer expires6.

(6c) Access Delay in [58,59] range: The IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message describing the SDCCH allocation in inner cell is sent on the BCCH frequency of the outer cell. In most cases, the MS should have received message (6b) before and has already switched to the SDCCH in the outer cell, and so this message is lost. It is however possible, in case the message (6b) is delayed in the inner cell, that the message (6c) is received earlier by the MS. In this case establishment will occur on the SDCCH allocated in the inner cell (not drawn).

(7b) The mobile receives the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNEMENT describing the SDCCH allocation in outer cell on the BCCH outer cell frequency. It then switches to the designated channel and sends repeatedly an SABM frame to establish the layer 2 connection with the BTS in the outer cell. If the message (6c) is received before (6b), then the establishment will occur in the inner cell.

(8b) The BTS acknowledges the establishment of the LapDm link to the MS with a UA frame sent on the SDCCH allocated to the MS.

(9) The unused SDCCH is released in the inner cell (double SDCCH allocation). If message 6c arrives first, then the unused SDCCH release will occur in the outer cell.

Page 360: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 27

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 27

2 Extended Cell Overview

Handover - From the INNER Cell to the OUTER Cell

CAUSE 6 : Too long distance

AV_RANGE_HO > U_TIME_ADVANCEand EN_DIST_HO = ENABLE

U_TIME_ADVANCE = 62 EN_PBGT_FILTERING = Disable

In the extended cell , the handover procedure is purely controlled by settings of the handover detection parameters. Two special causes allow handover from the inner cell to the outer cell and handover from the outer cell to the inner cell. There is no change in the BSC handover algorithm either for handover preparation or execution.

From the inner cell to the outer cell , the handover alarm is only triggered by the handover cause “too long MS-BS distance”. When this cause is triggered the extended outer cell is always a candidate cell.

However the operator setting of the handover parameters must insure that this cause is only triggered when the distance from the serving inner cell BTS is greater than the limit of the overlap zone (TA > 62) by setting U_TIME_ADVANCE to 62.

In order to avoid the extended outer cell to be filtered by the filtering process the flag EN_PBGT_FILTERINGmust be set to DISABLE.

The candidate cell evaluation process is recommended to be the GRADE mode.

Page 361: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 28

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 28

2 Extended Cell Overview

Handover - From the OUTER Cell to the INNER Cell

CAUSE 22 : Too short distance

AV_RANGE_HO < L_TIME_ADVANCE

L_TIME_ADVANCE = 0 EN_PBGT_FILTERING = Disable

Cause 22 is only checked if Cell_range(serving) = extended_outer

In the same way, from the outer cell to the inner cell , the handover alarm is only triggered by the handover cause “too short MS-BS distance”. When this cause is triggered the extended inner cell is always a candidate cell.

However the operator setting of the handover parameters must insure that this cause is only triggered when the timing advance applied by the mobile reaches 0, this is achieved by setting L_TIME_ADVANCE to 0.

In order to avoid the extended inner cell to be filtered by the filtering process the flag EN_PBGT_FILTERINGmust be set to DISABLE.

The candidate cell evaluation process is recommended to be the GRADE mode.

Page 362: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 29

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 29

2 Extended Cell Overview

Handover - From the INNER Cell to the OUTER Cell toward Another Cell

All the standard HO causes can be used Emergency HO causes 2, 3, 4, 5 Better condition HO causes 12, 23, 24

The OUTER or INNER cell is always present in the Candidate CellEvaluation

The setting of the handover parameter does not prevent any handover cause to trigger an alarm for a handover towards a third cell.

It is possible to use exactly the same rules and parameters for handover towards a third cell as in the macro cellular normal cases.

The synchronous handover does not work between the inner and the outer cell.

In order to avoid call terminations due to directed retry into the inner or outer cell with an incorrect distance range it is recommended to disable the forced directed retry towards the inner and the outer cell. For this purpose, the parameter FREELEVEL_DR(n) is set to the maximum value (255) for the inner and the outer cell.

But the Normal DR can be activated.

Page 363: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 30

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 30

2 Extended Cell Overview

Packet Service (B9 MR4)

Activation of the PS service in an Extended cell No specific parameter is foreseen Same procedure as the one used for standard cell is applied

TRX_PREF_MARK = 0

If used, PS must be activated in both INNER and OUTER cell

Reselection Because the INNER cell is barred

this cell should must not be declared in the neighbor cells reselection adjacencies NC2 is not allowed NACC and (P)SI STATUS are not allowed The INNER cell and OUTER cell must belong

to the same location area

The Master channel is not allowed in both INNER and OUTER cell

Page 364: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 31

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 31

2 Extended Cell Overview

Packet Service (B9 MR4) [cont.]

Packet access procedure Same principle as in CS, since it’s performed on CCCH only The MS always performs its access on the RACH of the outer BCCH frequency The BTS provides the BSC with the initial TA Depending on the TA value, the BSC chooses the suitable cell (INNER or

OUTER) In UL, whatever the multislot class of the MS, only one PDCH is allocated

Its right or left TS can not be allocated neither for PS nor for CS (see comment) This TS is considered as a restricted TS by the MSF The same constraint is applied in DL for the TS carrying the PACCH

UL

Restricted

Allocated

Restricted

Allocated

INNEROUTER

When a MS passes from inner/outer cell to outer/inner cell, the TA estimated by the BTS stalls progressively. So the MS is not able to apply the suitable correction of its TA for its uplink transfer (data and/or signaling). This leads progressively to the impossibility for the BTS to decode the uplink radio blocks because they shift out of their allocated RTS.

For a given MS, its uplink radio blocks progressively come out of its allocated RTS and jams the neighbor RTS.

It jams the right RTS when the MS moves from inner to outer cell. This right RTS can also be the RTS0 of the next TDMA frame if the RTS7 is allocated to a TBF.

It jams the left RTS when the MS moves from outer to inner cell. This left RTS can also be the TS7 of the previous TDMA frame if the RTS0 is allocated to a TBF.

If the neighboring RTS is dedicated to other MS for PS or CS call, this jam causes interferences on these RTS and the BTS can not decode the radio blocks of those MS leading to the drop of these calls.

This drawback only occurs for the uplink direction. The downlink direction does not raise any problem.

To overcome this drawback, some radio resource allocation constraints are to be applied:

An UL TBF is only allocated on one RTS.

On BCCH or non BCCH inner TRX,

A RTS is allocable to a UL TBF if its right RTS is allocated for PS traffic to the MFS, and is not used by a UL TBF.

When a RTS is allocated, its right RTS cannot be allocated to PS call.

On BCCH or non BCCH outer TRX,

A RTS is allocable to a UL TBF if its left RTS is allocated for PS traffic to the MFS, and is not used by a UL TBF.

When a RTS is allocated, its left RTS cannot be allocated to PS call.

Page 365: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 32

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 32

2 Extended Cell Overview

PS Parameters Setting

NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER = NC0 EN_NACC = Disable EN_PSI_STATUS = Disable NB_TS_MPDCH= Disable MAX_PDCH, MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD and MIN_PDCH must be set to

even values (see comments) EN_STREAMING = Disable

As in UL TBF allocation, the MFS uses at least 2 TS (a “restricted” one and the one allocated in UL) the number of PDCH allocable in the extended cells (MAX_PDCH, MIN_PDCH, MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD ) must be even.

Page 366: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 33

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 33

Self-Assessment on the Objectives

Please be reminded to fill in the formSelf-Assessment on the Objectivesfor this module

The form can be found in the first partof this course documentation

Page 367: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 34

All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007

GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization

Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 34

End of ModuleAppendix

Page 368: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

@@COURSENAME - Page 1All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

@@COURSENAME@@PRODUCT

1

Last But One Page

Switch to notes view!

This page is left blank intentionally

Page 369: Ec tmo18098 d0 bss b11 multilayer and multiband gsm network radio optimization

@@COURSENAME - Page 2All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR

All rights reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEARPassing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents

not permitted without written authorization from Alcatel-Lucent